TB Wood`s Sure-Flex Couplings

Transcription

Mechanical
Flexible
Couplings
Lowest Cost
T O TA L S o l u t i o n
FC
SECTION
F1
SURE-FLEX
ELASTOMERIC
COUPLINGS
®
• Need No Lubrication, No Maintenance
• Quick, Easy Installation
• Clean, Quiet Performance
TB WOOD’S INCORPORATED ■ Chambersburg, Pennsylvania 17201
T.B. WOOD’S CANADA LTD. ■ Stratford, Ontario N5A 6V6
F1–1
SURE-FLEX CAPABILITIES
4-WAY FLEXING ACTION
absorbs all types of
shock, vibration and misalignment
TORSIONAL
Sure-Flex coupling sleeves have an exceptional ability to
absorb torsional shock and dampen torsional vibrations.
The EPDM and Neoprene sleeves wind-up approximately 15° torsionally at their rated torque. Hytrel
sleeves will wind-up about 7°.
ANGULAR
The unique design of the Sure-Flex coupling’s teeth
allows for the absorption of angular misalignment without
wear. Refer to page F1—18 for actual allowable
misalignment limits. These limits allow for the alignment
of the coupling using only a scale and calipers.
PARALLEL
Parallel misalignment is absorbed without wear or
appreciable energy losses. The lateral flexibility of the
coupling sleeve minimizes radial bearing loads normally
associated with parallel misalignment. This feature also
allows for easier installation by the use of components
bored for slip fits without fretting corrosion occurring at
the shaft. Refer to page F1—18 for parallel misalignment
limits. Only a straight-edge and feeler gage are required
to obtain these limits.
AXIAL
Sure-Flex couplings may be used in applications with
limited axial shaft movements. The axial compressibility
of the EPDM and Neoprene sleeves allows for shaft endfloat without the absolute transfer of thrust loads.
F1–2
SURE-FLEX FEATURES
EASY, QUICK
INSTALLATION
NO LUBRICATION,
TROUBLE-FREE OPERATION
Sure-Flex can be installed quickly and easily,
because there are no bolts, gaskets, covers
or seals. Alignment can be checked with a
straightedge placed across the outside of the
precision-machined flanges. No special tools
are needed for installation, alignment or
removal.
The teeth of the sleeve lock into the teeth of
the flanges without clamps or screws,
tightening under torque to provide smooth
transmission of power. There is no rubbing
action of metal against rubber to cause wear.
Couplings are not affected by abrasives, dirt,
or moisture. This eliminates the need for
lubrication or maintenance, provides clean,
dependable, quiet performance.
SURE-FLEX SELECTION
Sure-Flex couplings are selected as component parts.
1.
Determine SLEEVE material and type.
Refer to pages F1—4 & 5
2.
Determine coupling SIZE.
Refer to pages F1—6, 7, & 8
3.
Determine FLANGES to be used.
Refer to pages F1—9 thru 16
Specify coupling components.
• Example #1 - Close coupled
Size 6, Type S flange w 1-3/8 bore
Size 6, Type S flange w 1” bore
Size 6, Solid EPDM sleeve
PROD. NUMBER
PROD. DESCRIPTION
6S138
6S1
6J
6Sx1-3/8
6Sx1
6JE
• Example #2 - 5” Between shaft spacer
Size 9, Type SC flange for #11 hub
Size 9, Type SC flange for #9 hub
Size 11 hub w 2-3/8 bore
Size 9 short hub w 1-1/8 bore
Size 9 Solid Hytrel sleeve
9SC5011
9SC50
11SCH238
9SCHS118
9H
9SC50-11
9SC50
11SCH x 2-3/8
9SCHS x 1-1/8
9H
F1–3
SURE-FLEX SLEEVE SELECTION
Sure-Flex Sleeves are available in four materials or compounds and various shape configurations.
EPDM
Neoprene
Hytrel
Urethane
JE
JES
E
JN
JNS
N
H
—
HS
U
—
—
General
Purpose
Oil Resist
Non-flame
General
Purpose
Stiffness
REL. RATING
WIND-UP ANGULAR
MISALIGN
1X
15°
1°
1X
15°
1°
4X
7°
1/4°
4X
3°
1/4°
TEMPERATURE (F)
maximum
minimum
+275°
–30°
+200°
–0°
+250°
–65°
+200°
–80°
CONSTRUCTIONS
AVAILABLE
1 pc, unsplit
1 pc, split
2 piece
TYPICAL USE
SURE-FLEX SLEEVES
Product
No.
Product
Description
Product
No.
Product
Description
Product
No.
3J
4J
5J
6J
7J
8J
9J
10J
3JE EPDM
4JE EPDM
5JE EPDM
6JE EPDM
7JE EPDM
8JE EPDM
9JE EPDM
10JE EPDM
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
16
4E EPDM
5E EPDM
6E EPDM
7E EPDM
8E EPDM
9E EPDM
10E EPDM
11E EPDM
12E EPDM
13E EPDM
14E EPDM
16E EPDM
6H
7H
8H
9H
10H
11H
12H
F1–4
3JS
4JS
5JS
6JS
7JS
8JS
9JS
10JS
3JES EPDM Split
4JES EPDM Split
5JES EPDM Split
6JES EPDM Split
7JES EPDM Split
8JES EPDM Split
9JES EPDM Split
10JES EPDM Split
3JN
4JN
5JN
6JN
7JN
8JN
3JN
4JN
5JN
6JN
7JN
8JN
3JNS
4JNS
5JNS
6JNS
7JNS
8JNS
3JNS
4JNS
5JNS
6JNS
7JNS
8JNS
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Neoprene
Split
Split
Split
Split
Split
Split
4N
5N
6N
7N
8N
9N
10N
11N
12N
13N
14N
4N Neoprene
5N Neoprene
6N Neoprene
7N Neoprene
8N Neoprene
9N Neoprene
10N Neoprene
11N Neoprene
12N Neoprene
13N Neoprene
14N Neoprene
6HS
7HS
8HS
9HS
10HS
11HS
12HS
13HS
14HS
10U
11U
12U
Product
Description
6H Hytrel
7H Hytrel
8H Hytrel
9H Hytrel
10H Hytrel
11H Hytrel
12H Hytrel
6HS Split Hytrel
7HS Split Hytrel
8HS Split Hytrel
9HS Split Hytrel
10HS Split Hytrel
11HS Split Hytrel
12HS Split Hytrel
13HS Split Hytrel
14HS Split Hytrel
10U Urethane
11U Urethane
12U Urethane
SURE-FLEX SLEEVE SELECTION
Flexible sleeves for Wood’s Sure-Flex couplings are available in four materials (EPDM
Neoprene, Hytrel and Urethane) and in three basic constructions. Characteristics of the
materials are given on page F1—4 and the various types are shown and described here.
JE-JES-JN-JNS
J sleeves are molded EPDM rubber (E)
or Neoprene (N). They are available in
one-piece solid construction (JE, JN) or
one-piece split construction (JES, JNS).
These sleeves may be used in any
Sure-Flex flange within a given size.
Types JES, JNS
JE, JN
E-N
These sleeves are of two-piece design
with a retaining ring. They are available
in either EPDM (E) or Neoprene (N).
They may be used with any flange
within a given size. Sleeves are shown
here assembled and disassembled.
E and N
(Assembled)
Types E and N
(Disassembled)
H-HS-U
H (Hytrel) and U (Urethane) sleeves,
designed for high-torque applications,
transmit four times as much power as an
equivalent EPDM or Neoprene sleeve.
Available in one-piece solid construction
(H or U) or two-piece split construction
(HS), these can be used only with S, C
and SC flanges. They cannot be used with
J or B flanges or as direct replacements
for EPDM or Neoprene sleeves.
HS
H or U
DIMENSIONS (in.)
Coupling
Size
3
4
5
6
7
8
9*
10*
11
12
13
14
16
JE, JES, JN &
JNS Sleeves
EPDM & Neoprene
Wt.
D
W
(lbs.)
1 7/8
2 5/16
2 15/16
3 3/4
4 11/32
5 1/16
6
7 1/16
...
...
...
...
...
1
1 1/4
1 9/16
1 7/8
2 3/16
2 1/2
3
3 7/16
...
...
...
...
...
.06
.10
.20
.40
.62
1.13
1.46
2.32
...
...
...
...
...
E and N Sleeves
EPDM & Neoprene
H, U & HS Sleeves
Hytrel & Urethane
D
W
Wt.
(lbs.)
D
W
Wt.
(lbs.)
...
2 5/16
2 15/16
3 3/4
4 11/32
5 1/16
6
7 1/16
8 3/16
9 9/16
11 3/16
13 3/32
17 29/32
...
1 1/4
1 9/16
1 7/8
2 3/16
2 1/2
3
3 7/16
4
4 11/16
5 1/2
6 1/2
8 3/4
...
.11
.25
.49
.77
1.4
2.0
3.2
5.1
8.1
13.0
21.1
45.3
...
...
...
3 3/4
4 11/32
5 1/16
6
7 1/16
8 3/16
9 9/16
11 3/16
13 3/32
...
...
...
...
1 7/8
2 3/16
2 1/2
3
3 7/16
4
4 11/16
5 1/2
6 1/2
...
...
...
...
.44
.69
1.4
1.8
2.9
4.5
7.3
11.8
19.3
...
The 13 and 14 Hytrel available with HS sleeves only.
*All 9J and 10J sleeves available in EPDM only.
Only sizes available in Urethane.
F1–5
SURE-FLEX COUPLING SIZE SELECTION
1. Select Load Symbol based on your driveN machine.
Application
Load Symbol
AGITATORS—Paddle, Propeller, Screw . . . . . L
BAND RESAW (lumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
BARGE HAUL PULLER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
BARKING (lumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
BAR SCREEN (sewage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
BATCHES (textile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
BEATER AND PULPER (paper) . . . . . . . . . . M
BENDING ROLL (metal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
BLEACHER (paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
BLOWERS
Centrifugal, Vane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
Lobe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
BOTTLING MACHINERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
BREW KETTLES (distilling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
BUCKET ELEVATOR OR CONVEYOR . . . . . M
CALENDERS
Calendar (paper). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
Calender-super (paper), Calender (rubber) H
CANE KNIVES (sugar) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
CARD MACHINE (textile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
CAR DUMPERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
CAR PULLERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
CEMENT KILN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
CENTRIFUGAL BLOWERS,
COMPRESSORS, FANS or PUMPS . . . . . . . L
CHEMICAL FEEDERS (sewage) . . . . . . . . . . L
CHILLER (oil) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
CHIPPER (paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
CIRCULAR RESAW (lumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . M
CLARIFIER or CLASSIFIER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
CLAY WORKING MACHINERY. . . . . . . . . . . M
COLLECTORS (sewage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
COMPRESSORS
Centrifugal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
Reciprocating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . *
Screw, Lobe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
CONCRETE MIXERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
CONVERTING MACHINE (paper) . . . . . . . . . M
CONVEYORS
Apron, Assembly Belt, Flight, Oven, Screw . L
Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
COOKERS—Brewing, Distilling, Food . . . . . . L
COOLING TOWER FANS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
COUCH (paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
CRANES and HOISTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
Heavy Duty Mine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
CRUSHERS—Cane (sugar), Stone or Ore . . H
CUTTER—Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
CYLINDER (paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
*Consult Factory
Application
Load Symbol
DEWATERING SCREEN (sewage) . . . . . . . . M
DISC FEEDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
DOUGH MIXER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
DRAW BENCH CONVEYOR and
MAIN DRIVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
DREDGES
Cable Reel, Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
Cutter Head Drive, Jig Drive, Screen Drive H
Maneuvering and Utility Winch, Stacker. . . M
DYNAMOMETER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
DRYERS (rotary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
EDGER (lumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
ELEVATOR
Bucket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
Escalator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
Freight, Passenger, Service, Man Lift. . . . . H
ESCALATORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
EXTRUDER (metal) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
FANS
Centrifugal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
Cooling Tower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
Forced Draft, Large Industrial or Mine . . . . M
FEEDERS
Apron, Belt, Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
Reciprocating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
FILTER, PRESS-OIL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
GENERATORS
Uniform load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
Varying load, Hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
Welders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
GRIT COLLECTOR (sewage) . . . . . . . . . . . . L
GRIZZLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
HAMMERMILL
Light Duty, Intermittent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
Heavy Duty, Continuous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
HOISTS
Heavy Duty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
Medium Duty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
JORDAN (paper). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
KILN, ROTARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
LAUNDRY WASHER or TUMBLER . . . . . . . . H
LINE SHAFTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
LOG HAUL (lumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
LOOM (textile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
MACHINE TOOLS, MAIN DRIVE . . . . . . . . . M
MANGLE (textile). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
MASH TUBS (distilling) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
MEAT GRINDER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
METAL FORMING MACHINES . . . . . . . . . . . M
Application
Load Symbol
MILLS
Ball, Pebble, Rod, Tube, Rubber Tumbling. H
Dryer and Cooler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
MIXERS
Concrete, Muller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
Banbury . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
ORE CRUSHER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
OVEN CONVEYOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
PLANER (metal or wood) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
PRESSES
Brick, Briquette Machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
Notching, Paper, Punch, Printing . . . . . . . . M
PUG MILL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
PULP GRINDER (paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
PULVERIZERS
Hammermill—light duty, Roller. . . . . . . . . . M
Hammermill—heavy duty, Hog. . . . . . . . . . H
PUMPS
Centrifugal, Axial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
Gear, Lobe, Vane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
Reciprocating—sgl. or dbl. acting,
cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . *
REEL, REWINDER (paper) CABLE. . . . . . . . M
ROD MILL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
SAWDUST CONVEYOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
SCREENS
Air Washing, Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
Rotary for coal or sand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
Vibrating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
SCREW CONVEYOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
SLAB CONVEYOR (lumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
SLITTERS (metal). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
SOAPERS (textile). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
SORTING TABLE (lumber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
SPINNER (textile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
STOKER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L
SUCTION ROLL (paper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
TENTER FRAMES (textile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
TIRE BUILDING MACHINES. . . . . . . . . . . . . H
TIRE & TUBE PRESS OPENER . . . . . . . . . . L
TUMBLING BARRELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
WASHER and THICKENER (paper) . . . . . . . M
WINCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
WINDERS, Paper, Textile, Wire. . . . . . . . . . . M
WINDLASS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
WIRE
Drawing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H
Winding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M
WOODWORKING MACHINERY . . . . . . . . . . L
2. Determine Service Factor using Load Symbol and driveR.
Load
Symbol
L
Light
M
Medium
H
Heavy
Standard AC Motor
DC Shunt Motor
*Engine, 8 or more cylinders
1.25
1.5
2.0
High Torque AC Motor
DC Series & Comp.
*Engine, 4-6 cylinders
1.5
2.0
2.5
*Engine, 3 cylinders or less
2.0
2.5
3.0
Turbine
1.0
1.25
1.5
*On applications involving varying torque loads, design around the maximum load. Then determine the resulting
service factor at minimum load. If this value is greater than 4.0, special coupling alignment will be required (see
page F1—18).
Caution: Applications involving reciprocating engines and reciprocating driven devices are
subject to rotational vibrational critical speeds which may destroy the coupling. The factory can
determine these speeds when the rotational inertia (WR2) of the driveR and driveN units is
known.
F1–6
SURE-FLEX COUPLING SIZE SELECTION
(continued)
3. If coupling to the shaft of a 60 HZ AC motor, you may refer to page 8, locate
the correct chart & columns for your sleeve material, motor speed and service
factor; you can read the coupling size across from the motor horsepower.
Example: For 150 HP @ 1750 RPM and 1.5 Service Factor - Use #13 EPDM or
Neoprene or #10 Hytrel or Urethane.
4. For other speeds, use the following formula to calculate the required coupling
horsepower rating @ 100 rpm.
HP @ 100 rpm = HP x Service Factor x 100 / coupling RPM
5. Use the chart below to find a coupling with a HP @ 100 RPM rating which is
greater than calculated above.
Example: For 5 HP @ 55 RPM and 1.25 Service Factor:
HP @ 100 = 5 x 1.25 x 100 / 55 = 11.36
Use #12 EPDM or Neoprene or #9 Hytrel with rating of 11.4 HP.
COUPLING RATINGS
Size
EPDM
Sleeves
Neoprene
Sleeves
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
16
JE,JES
E,JE,JES
E,JE,JES
E,JE,JES
E,JE,JES
E,JE,JES
E,JE,JES
E,JE,JES
E
E
E
E
E
JN,JNS
N,JN,JNS
N,JN,JNS
N,JN,JNS
N,JN,JNS
N,JN,JNS
N
N
N
N
N
N
Size
Hytrel
Sleeves
Urethane
Sleeves
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
H, HS
H, HS
H, HS
H, HS
H, HS
H, HS
H, HS
HS
HS
U
U
U
HP @ RPM
100
0.1
0.2
0.4
0.7
1.2
1.8
2.9
4.6
7.2
11.4
18.0
28.6
75.0
1160
1750
3500
1.1
2.2
4.4
8.3
13
20
33
53
83
132
209
331
870
1.7
3.3
6.7
12.5
20
32
50
80
126
200
315
500
3.3
6.7
13
25
40
63
100
160
252
HP @ RPM
100
2.9
4.6
7.2
11.4
18.0
28.6
50.0
75.0
115.0
1160
33
53
84
132
209
331
580
870
1334
1750
50
80
126
200
315
500
875
1312
2013
3500
100
160
252
400
630
1000
Torque
(in. lbs.)
60
120
240
450
725
1135
1800
2875
4530
7200
11350
18000
47250
Torque
(in. lbs.)
1800
2875
4530
7200
11350
18000
31500
47268
72480
Stiffness
(in. lbs./rad)
229
458
916
1718
2769
4335
6875
10980
17300
27500
43350
68755
180480
Stiffness
(in. lbs./rad)
10000
20000
30000
47500
100000*
125000*
225000*
368900
593250
Max
RPM
9200
7600
7600
6000
5250
4500
3750
3600
3600
2800
2400
2200
1500
Max
RPM
6000
5250
4500
3750
3600
3600
2800
2400
2200
* Urethane values are 220000, 350000, and 600000.
F1–7
SURE-FLEX COUPLING SELECTION
EPDM or NEOPRENE SLEEVES
860 RPM MOTORS
Service Factors
HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5
1/2
1
11/2
2
3
3
4
4
5
3
4
4
5
5
3
4
4
5
5
4
4
5
5
6
4
5
5
6
6
3
5
7 1/2
10
15
5
6
7
7
8
6
6
7
8
9
6
7
8
8
9
6
7
8
9
10
20
25
30
40
50
9
9
10
10
11
9
10
10
11
11
10
10
11
11
12
60
75
100
125
150
11
12
12
13
13
12
12
13
13
14
200
250
300
350
400
14
14
16
16
16
450
500
600
700
800
3/4
1160 RPM MOTORS
Service Factors
HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5
1/2
1
11/2
2
3
3
3
4
4
3
3
4
4
5
3
4
4
5
5
3
4
4
5
5
4
4
5
5
6
7
8
9
9
10
3
5
7 1/2
10
15
5
6
6
7
8
5
6
7
7
8
6
6
7
8
9
6
7
8
8
9
10
11
11
12
12
11
11
12
12
13
20
25
30
40
50
8
9
9
10
10
9
9
10
10
11
9
10
10
11
11
12
13
13
14
14
13
13
14
14
16
13 60
14 75
14 100
. . . 125
16 150
11
11
12
12
13
11
12
12
13
13
14
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16 16
16 16
16 . . .
... ...
... ...
200
250
300
350
400
13
14
14
16
16
16 16
16 16
16 . . .
... ...
... ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
450
500
600
700
800
...
...
...
...
...
3/4
1750 RPM MOTORS
Service Factors
HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5
1/2
3500 RPM MOTORS
Service Factors
HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5
1/2
1
11/2
2
3
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
4
4
3
3
3
4
4
3
3
4
4
5
3
4
4
5
5
1
11/2
2
6
7
8
9
10
3
5
7 1/2
10
15
4
5
6
6
7
5
5
6
6
7
5
6
6
7
8
5
6
7
7
8
6
6
7
8
9
3
5
7 1/2
10
15
3
4
5
5
6
4
4
5
5
6
4
5
5
6
6
4
5
6
6
7
5
5
6
6
7
10
10
11
11
12
10
11
11
12
12
20
25
30
40
50
7
8
8
9
9
8
8
9
9
10
8
9
9
10
10
9
9
10
10
11
9
10
10
11
11
20
25
30
40
50
6
6
7
7
8
6
7
7
8
8
7
7
8
8
9
7
8
8
9
9
8
8
9
9
10
12
12
13
13
14
12
13
13
14
14
13
13
14
14
16
60
75
100
125
150
10
10
11
11
12
10
11
11
12
12
11
11
12
12
13
11
12
12
13
13
12
12
13
13
14
60
75
100
125
150
8
9
9
10
10
9
9
10
10
11
9
10
10
11
11
10 10
10 11
11 11
11 . . .
... ...
14
14
16
16
16
14
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
...
200
250
300
350
400
12
13
13
14
14
13
13
14
14
14
13 14
14 14
14 . . .
... ...
... ...
14
...
...
...
...
200
250
300
350
400
11
11
...
...
...
11
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
16 16
16 16
16 . . .
... ...
... ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
450
500
600
700
800
14
14
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
450
500
600
700
800
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
3/4
...
...
...
...
...
3/4
... ... ... ... ...
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
3
3
3
4
4
HYTREL or URETHANE SLEEVES
860 RPM MOTORS
Service Factors
HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5
1750 RPM MOTORS
Service Factors
HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5
3500 RPM MOTORS
Service Factors
HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5
7 1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10
6
6
6
6
6
15
6
6
6
6
7
20
6
6
6
7
7
25
6
6
7
7
8
7 1/2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15
6
6
6
6
6
20
6
6
6
6
6
25
6
6
6
6
7
7 1/2
10
15
20
25
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
7 1/2
10
15
20
25
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
7
6
6
6
7
7
6
6
7
7
8
6
6
7
8
8
30
40
50
60
75
7
7
8
8
9
7
8
8
9
9
8
8
9
9
10
8
9
9
10
10
9
9
10
10
11
30
40
50
60
75
6
7
7
8
8
7
7
8
8
9
7
8
8
9
9
8
8
9
9
10
8
9
9
10
10
30
40
50
60
75
6
6
6
7
7
6
6
7
7
8
6
7
7
8
8
7
7
8
8
9
7
8
8
9
9
30
40
50
60
75
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
7
6
6
6
7
7
6
6
7
7
8
100
125
150
200
250
9
10
10
11
11
10
10
11
11
12
10
11
11
12
12
11
11
12
12
13
11
12
12
13
13
100
125
150
200
250
9
9
10
10
11
9
10
10
11
11
10
10
11
11
12
10
11
11
12
12
11
11
12
12
13
100
125
150
200
250
8
8
9
9
10
8
9
9
10
10
9
9
10
10
11
9
10
10
11
11
10
10
11
11
12
100
125
150
200
250
6
7
7
8
8
7
7
8
8
9
7
8
8
9
9
8
8
9
9
10
8
9
9
10
10
300
350
400
500
600
12
12
12
13
13
12
12
13
13
14
13
13
13
14
14
13 14
14 14
14 14
14 . . .
... ...
300
350
400
500
600
11
12
12
12
13
12
12
12
13
13
12
12
13
13
13
13
13
13
14
14
13
14
14
14
...
300
350
400
500
600
10
11
11
11
12
11
11
11
12
12
11
12
12
12
13
12
12
12
13
13
12
12
13
13
14
300
350
400
500
600
9
9
9
10
10
9
10
10
10
11
10
10
10
11
11
10 11
11 11
11 11
11 . . .
... ...
14 14
14 14
14 . . .
... ...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
. . . 700
. . . 800
. . . 900
. . . 1000
13
13
14
14
13
14
14
14
14
14
14
...
14
...
...
...
. . . 700
. . . 800
. . . 900
. . . 1000
12
12
13
13
12
13
13
13
13
13
14
14
14
14
14
14
14 700
14 800
. . . 900
. . . 1000
11
11
11
11
11
11
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
700
800
900
1000
F1–8
1160 RPM MOTORS
Service Factors
HP 1.0 1.25 1.5 2.0 2.5
...
...
...
...
TYPE J SURE-FLEX
BTS – FOR CLOSE COUPLED APPLICATIONS
FLANGES
Type
J flanges size 3 and 4 are die
cast of high-strength alloy and are
furnished bored-to-size for a slip fit on
a standard shaft. The 4G40A zinc
alloy used has a tensile strength of
41,000 psi. Sizes 5 and 6 are made of
high-strength cast iron and are boredto-size for slip fit on standard shafts.
The outside diameter of the flange is
machined so the surface can be used
to check alignment without a special
tool. Type J flanges can be used with
sleeves of any construction except
the Hytrel. Each flange has a keyseat
and 2 setscrews.
COUPLINGS
Type J Sure-Flex Couplings are
bored-to-size. Normally, they employ
the one-piece JE sleeve, or the onepiece JES sleeve with saw cut to
permit replacement where there is
insufficient gap between shafts.
Spacing between internal flange hubs
equals G. Spacing between shafts
should be greater than 1/8 in. and
less than L minus .85 times the sum
of the two bore diameters.
To order complete couplings, specify
coupling size with flange symbol (J)
giving bore and keyseat. Refer to
page F1–3 to order the required
coupling.
DIMENSIONS (in.)
STOCK BORES*
Product
No.
3J
4J
5J
6J
Dimensions
C
51/64
55/64
1-3/64
1-5/16
D
2.062
2.460
3.250
4.000
E
13/32
27/64
29/64
9/16
G
3/8
5/8
3/4
7/8
H
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-7/8
2-1/2
L
1-31/32
2-11/32
2-27/32
3-1/2
T
25/64
7/16
19/32
3/4
X
5/8
5/8
59/64
1-3/32
Wt.
(lbs.)
■ 3/8
0.3 X
0.4
0.9
1.2
(Inches)
1/2
X
X
X
5/8
X
X
X
X
3/4
X
X
X
X
7/8 15/16 1
X
X X X
X X X
X X X
Max
Bore 9
1-3/8
1-1/8 1-3/16 1-1/4
7/8 ...
1 ...
1-1/8 ...
X
X X
X X 1-3/8 ...
Millimeters
11
X
...
...
...
12
X
...
...
...
14
X
X
...
...
15
X
X
...
...
16
X
X
...
...
19
X
X
...
...
20 24 25
X X X
... ... ...
... ... ...
*We do not recommend reboring the 3J and 4J Flanges. See page F1—13 for standard keyseat
dimensions & F1–10 for bore tolerances.
■ Approximate weight for each flange.
F1–9
TYPE S SURE-FLEX
FLANGES
Type S flanges are made of highstrength cast iron and are bored-tosize for slip fit on standard shafts.
They are easy to install and remove,
and are available from stock in a
wide range of bore sizes. Type S
couplings may be used with any of
the sleeves shown on page F1—5.
Bore Tolerances for
Types J and S Flanges,
SC Hubs
These bores provide a slip fit.
Bore (in.)
Up to and
including 2”
Over 2”
Tolerance (in.)
+ .0005 to + .0015
+ .0005 to +.0020
DIMENSIONS (in.)
5S 1-11/32
1-5/8
6S 1-5/16
1-9/16
DIMENSIONS
D
E
G
3.250
4.000
4.000
4.000
29/64
17/32
17/32
25/32
23/32
7/8
7/8
7/8
7S 1-27/32 4.625 11/16
H
L
1-7/8 2-13/16
2-1/2 3-1/2
2-1/2 3-1/2
2-13/16 4
Wt.
(lbs.)
T
X
19/32
25/32
25/32
25/32
31/32
1-3/32
1-3/32
1-3/32
■
STOCK BORES ①
Inches
1/2
5/8
3/4
13/16
7/8
15/16
1
1 1/16
1 1/8
1 3/16
1 1/4
1 5/16
1 3/8
1 7/16
1 1/2
1 9/16
1 5/8
1 11/16
1 3/4
1 7/8
1 15/16
2
2 1/16
2 1/8
2 3/16
2 1/4
2 3/8
2 7/16
2 1/2
2 5/8
2 3/4
2 7/8
3
3 3/8
3 7/16
3 5/8
3 7/8
3 15/16
Coupling
Size C
1.1 o X X X X X X X X X X
1.9
oX X X XX XX X X X X X
1.8
1.8
1 2-13/16 3-15/16 25/32 1-5/16
2.6
8S
2-3/32 5.450 3/4 1-1/8 3-1/4 4-7/16 29/32 1-1/2
1-15/16 5.450 1-1/32 1-1/8 3-1/4 5 29/32 1-1/2
4.4
3.7
9S
2-13/32 6.350 25/32 1-7/16 3-5/8 5-1/16 1-1/32 1-3/4
2-9/32 6.350 1-1/4 1-7/16 4-1/8 6 1-1/32 1-3/4
6.8
6.2
oX XX X
10.5
9.8
16.6
16.4
26.6
oX
2-23/32
2-11/16
3-7/16
11S
3-1/16
12S 4
10S
7.500
7.500
8.625
8.625
10.000
13/16
1-15/32
1-1/8
1-9/16
1-9/32
1-5/8
1-5/8
1-7/8
1-7/8
2-5/16
4-3/8 5-11/16 1-7/32 2
4-3/4 7 1-7/32 2
5-1/4 7-1/8 1-1/2 2-3/8
5-5/8 8 1-1/2 2-3/8
5-3/4 8-1/4 1-11/16 2-11/16
oX
o
6
18.875
2
4-3/4
8
X
X X
X
X
X X XX X X XX X X X XX X X
X
X
X
X X X XX X XX X X X X X X X X XX X XX X
X
o
X XX
X
X X
X X X
X X
o
X
X X
XX
o X
X
X
14-1/4 2-3/4 4-1/4 125.3
X in the chart denotes finished bore with keyseat and 2 setscrews; O is plain bore suitable for reboring.
■ Approximate weight for each flange.
F1–10
X
XX X XX X XX X X X X
X
XX X X XX X X XX X XX X X XX
13S 4-3/8 11.750 1-5/16 2-11/16 6-3/4 9-1/4 1-31/32 3-1/16 45.2
14S 4-1/2 13.875 1-1/16 3-1/4 7-1/2 9-7/8 2-1/4 3-1/2 69.1
16S
X
o
o
X X XX X
X X X X XX X
X X X
X
X
TYPE S SURE-FLEX
COUPLINGS
Type S Sure-Flex couplings are
normally supplied with the twopiece E sleeve. However, any of the
sleeves shown on page F1—5 can
be used with Type S flanges.
Spacing between internal flange
hubs equals L minus 2 times C.
Spacing between shafts should be
greater than 1/8 in. and less than L
minus .85 times the sum of the two
bore diameters.
To order complete couplings,
specify coupling size with flange
symbol (S) giving bore and keyseat.
Refer to page F1—3 to order the
required coupling.
DIMENSIONS (in.)
STOCK BORES
Millimeters
Max. Bore
①
SHALLOW KEYSEAT DIMENSIONS ➁
➁
Standard Shallow
14 15 16 19 20 24 25 28 30 32 35 38 42 45 48 50 52 55 60 65 70 80 90 Keyseat Keyseat
Bore
K.S.
X X X XX X X X
X
Key
Bore K.S.
Bore
K.S.
Key
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
1-3/16
1-1/4
1-1/4
1/4 X 1/16
XX X X X XX X X
1-7/16
1-1/2
...
...
X
...
...
1-5/8
1-3/4
1-7/8
1-7/8
1-1/2 & 1-5/8
...
1-7/8
3/8 X 1/8
...
1/2 X 1/8
...
...
3/8 x 5/16 X ▲ 1-3/4 3/8 X 1/16 3/8 X 1/4 X 1-1/4 ...
...
...
...
...
1-7/8 1/2 X 1/8 1/2 X 3/8 X 1-9/16
1/2 X 3/8 X 1-7/8 ...
...
...
...
...
...
1-15/16
...
2-1/4
2-3/8
2-1/8
...
1/2 X 3/16
...
1/2 X 7/16 X 2-1/8 ...
...
...
...
...
2-3/8 5/8 X 1/8 5/8 X 7/16 X 1-7/8 ...
...
...
...
...
2-1/2
...
2-3/4
2-7/8
...
2-7/8
...
3-/4 X 1/8
...
3/4 X 1/2 X 2-1/4
...
...
...
...
...
...
2-3/4
...
3-1/8
3-3/8
2-7/8
...
3/4 X 1/4
...
3/4 X 5/8 X 2-3/4 ...
...
...
...
3-3/8 7/8 X 3/16 7/8 X 5/8 X 2-5/8
...
...
...
...
...
...
3-3/8
...
3-7/16
3-7/8
3-7/16
3-7/8
7/8 X 3/16
1 X 1/4
7/8 X 5/8 X 3-7/16 ...
1 X 3/4 X 3
...
X X X X X 3-7/8
3-15/16
...
...
...
4-1/2
...
...
...
5
...
...
...
X X X XX X X X
X X XX X X X X
X
XX
X X X X
XX X X X X XX X XX
X X X X
X
X
X X
1/4 X 3/16 X 1-3/8 ...
Key
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
5-1/2
6
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
① See charts on page F1—13
➁ Some large bore Type S flanges are supplied with shallow keyseats. In these cases, a rectangular key is furnished. The bores involved are listed above.
▲ 1-5/8 for 1-1/2 bore, 1-5/16 for 1-5/8 bore.
...
X
F1–11
TYPE B BUSHED-FLEX
QD – FOR CLOSE COUPLED APPLICATIONS
FLANGES
Type B flanges are made of highstrength cast iron the same as Types
S, C and SC Sure-Flex flanges. Type
B, however, is designed to
accommodate Wood’s Sure-Grip
Bushing for easy installation and
removal.
BUSHINGS
Sure-Grip Bushings offer convenient
mounting of the flange to the shaft
securely without setscrews. They
are tapered and are split through
both the bushing flange and taper to
provide a clamp fit, eliminating
wobble, vibration and fretting
corrosion. This is the same bushing
used in Wood’s sheaves and pulleys
and is readily available everywhere.
DIMENSIONS (in.)
Product Bushing
No.
Required
Dimensions
E
F
G
L
T
X
Max. *
Bore
15/
32
2
2
7/
8
2 11/16
3 3/16
1 1/8
1 7/16
3 3/8
3 1/2
4 1/16
4 3/4
25/
32
1 1/4
1 13/16
4.000
4.625
5.450
6.350
1 1/32
1 3/32
1 5/16
1 1/2
1 3/4
1 1/4
1 1/4
1 5/8
1 15/16
1.4
1.9
2.9
4.8
.8
.8
1.0
1.5
1 7/8
2
2 5/8
3 5/8
3 5/8
4 1/2
7.500
8.625
10.000
11.750
13.875
18.875
23/
32
3 7/8
4 5/8
6
6 5/8
6 5/8
7 1/4
1 5/8
1 7/8
2 5/16
2 11/16
3 1/4
4 3/4
5 1/2
6 1/4
7 1/2
8 3/4
9 7/8
12 3/4
1 7/32
1 1/2
1 11/16
1 31/32
2 1/4
2 3/4
2
2 1/2
2 15/16
3 1/2
3 15/16
3 15/16
4 1/2
7.8
12.0
18.0
31 .2
51.4
120.0
2.0
3.5
9.0
14.0
14.0
22.0
C1
C2
D
1
1
6B
7B
8B
9B
10B
JA
JA
SH
SD
SK
1 7/32
1 5/8
1 29/32
2 1/4
1 15/16
11B
12B
13B
14B
16B
SF
E
F
F
J
2 3/16
2 23/32
3 3/4
3 3/4
4 13/16
*Maximum bore with keyseat.
F1–12
Weight
(lbs.) ■
Flange Bushing
15/
32
9/
16
5/
8
11/
16
29/
32
1 1/16
1 1/16
1 1/4
1
Approximate weight for each flange.
25/
32
29/
32
2 3/8
2 11/16
3
3 1/2
4 1/4
TYPE B BUSHED-FLEX
QD – FOR CLOSE COUPLED APPLICATIONS
COUPLINGS
Type B Sure-Flex Couplings are
normally supplied with the twopiece E sleeve, and can use any
EPDM or Neoprene sleeves. DO
NOT use Hytrel sleeves with Type B
couplings.
Spacing between internal flange
hubs equals L minus 2 times C.
Spacing between shafts should be
greater than 1/8 in. and less than G.
To
order
complete
couplings,
specify coupling size with flange
symbol (B) and bushing. Refer to
page F1Ñ3 to order the required
coupling. Refer to charts below for
bushings.
➁
Standard Keyseat Dimension
SURE-GRIP® BUSHING
KEYSEAT DIMENSIONS (in.)
Bushing
JA
Bores
1
1/
2
Ð1
1/
16
Ð1
1
1/
2
SH
1
Ð1
1
11 /
16
Ð1
1
SD
1
7/
8
5/
8
SK
x
1/
16
x
1/
32
Standard
3/
8
x
11 /
16
Standard
3/
8
x
1/
8
13/
16
1/
2
x
1/
8
1/
2
x
1/
16
Ð2
Bores
➁
1/
2
SF
2
15/
16
5/
1
13/
16
Ð 2
2
15/
16
7/
8
➁
E
Standard
Ð2
2
15/
16
7/
8
Standard
➁
3
5/
16
F
3
3
7/
8
1/
2
Ð
9/
16
1/
8
1/
16
5/
8
Ð
7/
8
3/
16
3/
32
5/
8
x
1/
16
15/
16
1/
4
1/
8
3/
4
x
1/
16
1
5/
16
Ð1
3/
8
5/
16
5/
32
3/
4
x
1/
32
1
7/
16
Ð1
3/
4
3/
8
3/
16
1/
2
7/
8
Ð3
13/
16
Ð3
15/
16
4
➁
3/
16
Ð2
1/
4
1/
2
x
1/
8
1
Ð2
13/
16
1/
2
5/
8
x
7/
16
Ð3
2
5/
16
1/
16
3
Ð3
2
5/
8
No K.S.
15/
16
9/
16
Ð2
7/
8
4Ð4
13/
16
x
2
5/
16
x
1/
16
2
13/
16
x
1x
➁
1/
2
1/
4
Ð2
Ð2
Ð3
1/
4
1/
2
1/
4
5/
8
5/
16
3/
4
3/
8
7/
8
7/
16
1
1/
2
3
5/
16
3
13/
16
1/
8
4
9/
16
Ð5
1/
2
1
1/
4
5/
8
5
9/
16
Ð6
1/
2
1
1/
2
3/
4
Standard
1x
3/
8
1x
1/
8
Ð3
1/
4
3/
4
3/
16
No K.S.
2
J
1
Standard
7/
8
➁
Ð1
1/
8
Standard
Ð3
3/
4
Depth
3/
16
Ð3
1/
4
Width
x
3/
4
5/
16
Shaft Dia.
5/
8
1/
4
1Ð3
No K.S.
1/
8
1/
4
1
6 Ð 2 /2
9
3
2 /16 Ð 2 /4
2
➁
Ð2
Keyseat
1/
16
3/
4
Ð1
Bushing
No K.S.
2
1/
2
1/
4
1/
4
3/
8
Ð1
1
Standard
3/
16
1/
4
7/
16
1/
2
Keyseat
3/
4
Ð4
1/
2
➁
F1–13
TYPE SC SPACER COUPLINGS
BTS - CONVENTIONAL SPACER DESIGN
The table below shows assembled
dimensions of Sure-Flex Type SC
Spacer Couplings. For dimensions
of separate components, refer to
page F1—15.
Coupling
Size
4JSC
5SC
6SC
7SC
Required
Distance
Between
Shafts
3-1/2
3-1/2
3-1/2
4-3/8
5
3-1/2
4-3/8
5
3-1/2
8SC
4-3/8
5
3-1/2
4-3/8
9SC
10SC
11SC
5
7
7-3/4
4-3/4
5
7
7-3/4
10
4-3/4
5
7
7-3/4
10
7
12SC
13SC
14SC
7-3/4
10
7-3/4
7-3/4
Use
Flange
No.
4JSC35
5SC35
6SC35
6SC44
6SC50
7SC35
7SC44
7SC50
8SC35
8SC35-10
8SC44
8SC50
8SC50-10
9SC35
9SC44
9SC50
9SC50-11
9SC70-11
9SC78-11
10SC48
10SC50
10SC70-13
10SC78-13
10SC100-13
11SC48
11SC50
11SC70-14
11SC78-14
11SC100-14
12SC70
12SC70-14
12SC78
12SC78-14
12SC100-14
13SC78
14SC78
Use
Hub
No.
....
5SCH
6SCH-6SCHS
6SCH-6SCHS
6SCH-6SCHS
7SCH-7SCHS
7SCH-7SCHS
7SCH-7SCHS
8SCH-8SCHS
10SCH-10SCHS
8SCH-8SCHS
8SCH-8SCHS
10SCH-10SCHS
9SCH-9SCHS
9SCH-9SCHS
9SCH-9SCHS
11SCH-11SCHS
11SCH-11SCHS
11SCH-11SCHS
10SCH-10SCHS
10SCH-10SCHS
13SCH-13SCHS
13SCH-13SCHS
13SCH-13SCHS
11SCH-11SCHS
11SCH-11SCHS
14SCH
14SCH
14SCH
12SCH-12SCHS
14SCH
12SCH-12SCHS
14SCH
14SCH
13SCH-13SCHS
14SCH
Max. Bore
Std. KS
Dimensions
D
L (2)
G
R
Wt.
(lbs.)
■
1-1/8 (1)
1-1/8
1-3/8
1-3/8
1-3/8
1-5/8
1-5/8
1-5/8
1-7/8
2-3/8
1-7/8
1-7/8
2-3/8
2-1/8
2-1/8
2-1/8
2-7/8
2-7/8
2-7/8
2-3/8
2-3/8
3-3/8
3-3/8
3-3/8
2-7/8
2-7/8
3-7/8
3-7/8
3-7/8
2-7/8
3-7/8
2-7/8
3-7/8
3-7/8
3-3/8
3-7/8
2.460
3.250
4.000
4.000
4.000
4.625
4.625
4.625
5.450
5.450
5.450
5.450
5.450
6.350
6.350
6.350
6.350
6.350
6.350
7.500
7.500
7.500
7.500
7.500
8.625
8.625
8.625
8.625
8.625
10.000
10.000
10.000
10.000
10.000
11.750
13.875
5-5/8
5-5/8
5-7/8
6-3/4
7-3/8
6-3/8
7-1/4
7-7/8
6-7/8
8-1/8
7-3/4
8-3/8
9-5/8
7-1/2
8-1/4
8-7/8
10-3/8
12-3/8
13-1/8
9-3/8
9-5/8
13-5/8
14-3/8
16-5/8
10-5/16
10-3/8
14-5/8
15-3/8
17-5/8
12-7/8
14-5/8
13-5/8
15-3/8
17-5/8
14-3/8
15-3/8
5/8
3/4
7/8
7/8
7/8
1
1
1
1-1/8
1-1/8
1-1/8
1-1/8
1-1/8
1-7/16
1-7/16
1-7/16
1-7/16
1-7/16
1-7/16
1-5/8
1-5/8
1-5/8
1-5/8
1-5/8
1-7/8
1-7/8
1-7/8
1-7/8
1-7/8
2-5/16
2-5/16
2-5/16
2-5/16
2-5/16
2-11/16
3-1/4
....
9/16
3/4
3/4
3/4
5/8
5/8
5/8
13/16
13/16
13/16
1-3/16
1-3/16
1-1/16
1-1/16
1-1/16
1-3/16
1-3/16
1-3/16
1-3/16
1-3/16
1-7/8
1-7/8
1-7/8
1-3/16
1-3/16
2
2
2
1-1/2
2
1-1/2
2
2
1-7/8
2
2.7
4.5
7.3
8.1
8.7
9.9
10.8
11.4
15.2
23.2
16.4
17.4
27.2
18.6
22.2
23.2
40.4
48.2
51.0
37.6
38.4
72.0
76.0
88.0
54.5
54.7
86.1
90.3
102.7
88.1
99.1
91.9
103.3
115.7
129.6
179.9
■ Approximate weight for completely assembled spacer coupling.
(1) 4JSC35 x 1-1/8 has shallow keyseat. (2) “L” dimension and weight will change if one or two short (HS) hubs used.
Note: Refer to page F1—15 to order — specify components separately.
TYPE SC FLANGES AND HUBS
Tables on page F1—15 provide
dimensional information for flanges
and hubs used for Spacer Couplings.
For assembled dimensions, see table
above. Any of the sleeves shown on
page F1—5 may be used.
F1–14
TYPE SC FLANGES AND HUBS
(ILLUSTRATION AND DIMENSIONAL DRAWINGS SHOWN AT BOTTOM OF PAGE F1—14.)
Coupling
Size
Flange
No.
4JSC
5SC
4JSC35
5SC35
6SC35
6SC44
6SC50
7SC35
7SC44
7SC50
8SC35
8SC35-10
8SC44
8SC50
8SC50-10
9SC35
9SC44
9SC50
9SC50-11
9SC70-11
9SC78-11
10SC48
10SC50
10SC70-13
10SC78-13
10SC100-13
11SC48
11SC50
11SC70-14
11SC78-14
11SC100-14
12SC70
12SC70-14
12SC78
12SC78-14
12SC100-14
13SC78
14SC78
6SC
7SC
8SC
9SC
10SC
11SC
12SC
13SC
14SC
For
Distance
Between
Shafts*
3-1/8
3-1/2
3-1/2
4-3/8
5
3-1/2
4-3/8
5
3-1/2
3-1/2
4-3/8
5
5
3-1/2
4-3/8
5
5
7
7-3/4
4-3/4
5
7
7-3/4
10
4-3/4
5
7
7-3/4
10
7
7
7-3/4
7-3/4
10
7-3/4
7-3/4
For
Hub
Dimensions
...
5SCH
6SCH-6SCHS
6SCH-6SCHS
6SCH-6SCHS
7SCH-7SCHS
7SCH-7SCHS
7SCH-7SCHS
8SCH-8SCHS
10SCH-10SCHS
8SCH-8SCHS
8SCH-8SCHS
10SCH-10SCHS
9SCH-9SCHS
9SCH-9SCHS
9SCH-9SCHS
11SCH-11SCHS
11SCH-11SCHS
11SCH-11SCHS
10SCH-10SCHS
10SCH-10SCHS
13SCH-13SCHS
13SCH-13SCHS
13SCH-13SCHS
11SCH-11SCHS
11SCH-11SCHS
14SCH
14SCH
14SCH
12SCH-12SCHS
14SCH
12SCH-12SCHS
14SCH
14SCH
13SCH-13SCHS
14SCH
D
2.460
3.250
4.000
4.000
4.000
4.625
4.625
4.625
5.450
5.450
5.450
5.450
5.450
6.350
6.350
6.350
6.350
6.350
6.350
7.500
7.500
7.500
7.500
7.500
8.625
8.625
8.625
8.625
8.625
10.000
10.000
10.000
10.000
10.000
11.750
13.875
E
2-1/16
51/64
19/32
1-1/32
1-11/32
15/32
29/32
1-7/32
9/32
9/32
23/32
1-1/32
1-1/32
1/16
7/16
3/4
3/4
1-3/4
2-1/8
11/32
15/32
1-15/32
1-27/32
2-31/32
1/32
1/16
1-1/16
1-7/16
2-9/16
21/32
21/32
1-1/32
1-1/32
2-5/32
9/16
1/32
* Flanges can be mixed to form different Between-Shaft Dimensions. See chart page F1—16.
▲ If using 10HS hub, 7/16-14NC x 2-1/4 long capscrew needed (not furnished).
H
2
2
2-1/2
2-1/2
2-1/2
2-13/16
2-13/16
2-13/16
3-1/4
4-3/8
3-1/4
3-1/4
4-3/8
3-5/8
3-5/8
3-5/8
5-1/4
5-1/4
5-1/4
4-3/8
4-3/8
6-1/8
6-1/8
6-1/8
5-1/4
5-1/4
6-1/2
6-1/2
6-1/2
5-3/4
6-1/2
5-3/4
6-1/2
6-1/2
6-1/8
6-1/2
Hub
No.
Max.
Bore
Plain
Bore
4JSC
5SC
6SC
†
5SCH
6SCH
6SCHS
7SCH
7SCHS
8SCH
1-1/8
1-1/8
1-3/8
7/8
1-5/8
7/8
1-7/8
...
1/2
5/8
...
5/8
...
3/4
8SCHS
9SCH
7/8
2-1/8
...
7/8
9SCHS
10SCH
10SCHS
11SCH
11SCHS
12SCH
12SCHS
13SCH
13SCHS
14SCH
1-1/2
2-3/8
1-5/8
2-7/8
1-7/8
2-7/8
2-1/2
3-3/8
2-1/2
3-7/8
...
1-1/8
...
1-1/8
...
1-3/8
...
1-3/8
...
1-5/8
7SC
8SC
9SC
10SC
11SC
12SC
13SC
14SC
Bore with Standard
Keyway & Set Screw
5/8 – 7/8 – 1 – 1-1/8*
5/8 – 3/4 – 7/8 – 1 – 1-1/8
3/4 – 7/8 – 1 – 1-1/8 –1-1/4–1-3/8
7/8
7/8 – 1 – 1-1/8 – 1-3/8 – 1-1/2 – 1-5/8
7/8
7/8 – 1 – 1-1/8 – 1-3/8 –
1-1/2 – 1-5/8 – 1-3/4 – 1-7/8
7/8
1 – 1-1/8 – 1-3/8 – 1-1/2 –
1-5/8 – 1-3/4 – 1-7/8 – 2-1/8
1-1/8
1-5/8 – 1-7/8 – 2-1/8 – 2-3/8
1-1/8
1-7/8 – 2-1/8 – 2-3/8 – 2-7/8
1-1/8 – 1-5/8
2-1/8 – 2-3/8 – 2-7/8
2-3/8
2-3/8 – 2-7/8 – 3-3/8
2-1/8 – 2-3/8
2-3/8 – 2-7/8 – 3-3/8 – 3-7/8
† FOR 4JSC the hub is an integral part of the flange. 4JSC x 1-1/8 has 1/4 x 1/16 shallow keyseat.
* See page F1—10 for bore tolerances F1—13 for std. keyseat dimensions.
T
7/16
19/32
23/32
23/32
23/32
25/32
25/32
25/32
29/32
29/32
29/32
29/32
29/32
1-1/32
1-1/32
1-1/32
1-1/32
1-1/32
1-1/32
1-7/32
1-7/32
1-7/32
1-7/32
1-7/32
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-11/16
1-11/16
1-11/16
1-11/16
1-11/16
1-31/32
2-1/4
1.3
1.3
2.0
2.4
2.7
2.5
3.0
3.3
3.7
3.5
4.3
4.8
5.5
4.1
5.9
6.4
7.0
10.9
12.3
9.8
10.2
14.5
16.5
22.5
12.5
12.6
16.3
18.4
24.6
23.4
21.3
25.3
23.4
29.6
38.4
55.2
Approximate weight for each flange.
STOCK BORES *
Coupling
Size
L
2-1/2
1-11/16
1-5/8
2-1/16
2-3/8
1-5/8
2-1/16
2-3/8
1-5/8
1-5/8
2-1/16
2-3/8
2-3/8
1-11/16
2-1/16
2-3/8
2-3/8
3-3/8
3-3/4
2-1/4
2-3/8
3-3/8
3-3/4
4-7/8
1-1/2
1-9/16
2-9/16
2-15/16
4-1/16
2-15/32
2-15/32
2-27/32
2-27/32
3-31/32
3-1/4
2-23/32
Wt.
(lbs.)
■
Dimensions
Wt.
(lbs.)
H
Cap Screws
Furnished
1-1/16
1-3/32
1-7/32
31/32
1-15/32
1-3/32
2
2
2-1/2
2-1/2
2-13/16
2-13/16
...
4—10 x 1-1/2
4—1/4 x 1-3/4
4—1/4 x 1-1/2
4—1/4 x 1-7/8
4—1/4 x 1-1/2
...
.8
1.4
1.1
2.0
1.5
1-23/32
1-7/32
3-1/4
3-1/4
4—5/16 x 2-1/4
4—5/16 x 1-3/4
3.2
2.0
1-31/32
1-17/32
2-11/32
1-21/32
2-23/32
1-29/32
2-31/32
2-17/32
3-11/32
2-15/32
3-27/32
3-5/8
3-5/8
4-3/8
4-3/8
5-1/4
5-1/4
5-3/4
5-3/4
6-1/8
6-1/8
6-1/2
4—3/8 x 2-3/4
4—3/8 x 2-1/4
4—7/16 x 3-1/4
4—7/16 x 2-1/2
4—1/2 x 3-1/2
4—1/2 x 2-3/4
4—5/8 x 4
4—5/8 x 3-1/2
4—5/8 x 4-1/2
4—5/8 x 3-1/2
4—5/8 x 5
4.2
3.7
7.4
5.5
12.2
9.3
16.6
14.1
19.9
16.0
24.2
C
■
Approximate weight for each hub.
F1–15
BETWEEN SHAFT SPACINGS AVAILABLE
Spacer couplings are available having the most
popular between shaft dimensions. Other
spacings can be achieved by mixing flanges.
3-1/2
4-3/8
5
7
7-3/4
10
Use Flanges*
Spacing
Use Flanges*
2-(
2-(
2-(
2-(
2-(
2-(
3-15/16
4-1/4
4-11/16
5-1/4
5-5/8
5-11/16
6
6-1/16
6-3/8
6-3/4
7-3/16
7-3/8
7-1/2
8-1/2
8-7/8
SC35 & SC44
SC35 & SC50
SC44 & SC50
SC35 & SC70
SC35 & SC78
SC44 & SC70
SC50 & SC70
SC44 & SC78
SC50 & SC78
SC35 & SC100**
SC44 & SC100**
SC70 & SC78
SC50 & SC100
SC70 & SC100
SC78 & SC100
) SC35
) SC44
) SC50
) SC70
) SC78
) SC100
SEMI-SPACER
COMBINATION
STANDARD
Spacing
The “Standard” column provides spacings using
identical flanges; the “Combination” column mixes
flanges; the column headed “Semi-Spacer” uses
one flange that is not made for spacer coupling
applications and thus does not have a detachable
hub.
Spacing
1-7/8
2-5/16
2-5/8
3-5/8
4
5-1/8
* Check individual coupling size for flange availability.
** Non-Stock
Note: Other combinations available — consult factory.
F1–16
Use Flanges*
S & SC35
S & SC44
S & SC50
S & SC70
S & SC78
S & SC100
TYPE C SURE-FLEX
CLAMP HUB – SPACER DESIGN
Hytrel sleeves. However, any of the sleev
shown on page F1—5 can be used. Type
couplings may often be used where spa
couplings are required.
Spacing between internal flange hu
equals G.
To order complete couplings, spec
coupling size with flange symbol (C), giv
bore required. Refer to page F1—3 to or
the required coupling.
A
Dimensions
D
E
4.000
4.625
1.16
1.41
5.450
1.59
6.350
7.500
8 625
1.97
2.28
25
G
H
L
X
7/8
3
1-1/16 3-1/4
4-3/4
5-7/16
1
1-3/16
1-1/8
3-7/8
6-1/ 8
1-3/8
1-7/16 4-1/4
1-11/16 5
1 7/8 5 3/8
7-7/16
8-11/16
9 7/ 8
1-9/16
1-13/16
2 1/8
DIMENSIONS (in.)
Flange
Size
6C
7C
8C
9C
10C
11C
12C
Stock Bores
1-1/8, 1-7/8, 40mm
1-3/8, 1-7/8, 35mm, 40mm
1-3/8, 1-5/8, 1-3/4, 1-7/8,
2-1/8, 2-1/4, 2-3/8, 40mm
1-5/8, 1-3/4, 1-7/8, 2,
2-1/8, 2-1/4, 2-3/8, 2-1/2
1-5/8, 1-7/8, 2-1/4, 2-3/8, 2-1/2
2-1/8, 2-3/8, 2-1/2
2-1/ 8
Distance
Maximum Bore
Min.
Between
Bore Standard Shallow
Shafts
Keyseat Keyseat Min. Max.
7/8
1-1/8
1-5/8
1-7/8
1-7/8
–
2
2-5/16
2-3/4
3-7/16
1-3/8
2-1/4
2-3/8
2-9/16
4
1-5/8
1-5/8
1-7/8
1-7/8
2-1/2
2-7/8
3-3/8
3-3/ 8
2-11/16
–
–
–
3-1/16
3-9/16
4-1/8
4-7/8
4-5/8
5-1/4
5-7/8
6-1/2
Approx.
Wt.
(lbs.)*
Dimensions
C
D
1-15/16 4.000
2-3/16 4.625
E
G
H
L
X
1.16
1.41
7/8
3
1-1/16 3-1/4
4-3/4
5-7/16
1
1-3/16
2.6
3.6
5.450
1.59
1-1/8
3-7/8
6-1/ 8
1-3/8
6.5
3
6.350
3 -1/2 7.500
4
8.625
4-3/8 10.000
1.97
2.28
2.5
2.69
1-7/16 4-1/4
1-11/16 5
1-7/8 5-3/8
2-3/8
6
7-7/16
8-11/16
9-7/ 8
11-1/8
1-9/16
1-13/16
2-1/8
2-3/8
9.8
16.6
26.0
38.3
2-1/2
For Standard keyseat dimensions, see chart page F1—13. * Weight of one flange.
Bore Tolerances for
Type C Flanges
These bores provide a slip fit.
Bore (in.)
Tolerance (in.)
Up to and
including 2”
+.0005 to +.0015
Over 2”
+.0005 to +.0020
Shallow Keyseat Dimensions
Some large bore Type C flanges are supplied with shallow keyseats. In these cases,
a rectangular key is furnished. The flanges and bores involved are as follows:
Size
Bore Range
KS
Key Furnished
6C
8C
9C
1-11/16 to 1-7/8
2-5/16 to 2-3/8
2-7/16 to 2-11/16
1/2 X 1/16
5/8 x 1/16
5/8 x 3/16
1/2 x 5/16 x 1-15/16
5/8 x 3/8 x 2-1/2
5/8 x 1/2 x 3
F1–17
SURE-FLEX® COUPLINGS
Installation Instructions
Sure-Flex flanges (outer metallic parts) and sleeves (inner
elastomeric members) come in many sizes and types. First,
determine the size and type of components being used.
Remove all components from their boxes, and loosely
assemble the coupling on any convenient surface. (Do not
attempt to install the wire ring on the two-piece E or N sleeve
at this time.) Also check maximum RPM values in the table
against operating speed. All rubber sleeves (EPDM and
Neoprene) have the same ratings for a given size and may be
used interchangeably. However, because rubber and Hytrel
sleeves have completely different ratings, they never should be
used interchangeably.
Inspect all coupling components and remove any protective
coatings or lubricants from bores, mating surfaces and
fasteners. Remove any existing burrs, etc. from the shafts.
Slide one coupling flange onto each shaft, using snugfitting keys where required. When using Type B flanges,
follow the instructions furnished with the Sure-Grip bushing.
Position the flanges on the shafts to approximately achieve
the Y dimension shown in the table. It is usually best to
have an equal length of shaft extending into each flange. Move
one flange to its final position. Torque fasteners to proper
values. Slide the other flange far enough away to install the
sleeve. With a two-piece sleeve, do not move the wire ring to its
final position; allow it to hang loosely in the groove adjacent to
the teeth.
Check angular alignment with a micrometer or caliper.
Measure from the outside of one flange to the outside of
the other at intervals around the periphery of the coupling.
Determine the maximum and minimum dimensions without
rotating the coupling. The difference between the maximum
and minimum must not exceed the figure given under “Angular”
in the table. If a correction is necessary, be sure to recheck the
parallel alignment.
6
1
2
3
Parallel
MAXIMUM RPM AND ALLOWABLE
MISALIGNMENT
Sleeve Maximum
Size
RPM
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
16
Slide the loose flange on the shaft until the sleeve is
completely seated in the teeth of each flange. (The “Y”
dimension is for reference and not critical.) Secure the flange
to the shaft. Different coupling sleeves require different degrees
of alignment precision. Locate the alignment values for your
sleeve size and type in the table.
Check parallel alignment by placing a straight-edge across
the two coupling flanges and measuring the maximum
offset at various points around the periphery of the coupling
without rotating the coupling. If the maximum offset exceeds
the figure shown under “Parallel” in the table, realign the shafts.
4
5
F1–18
Angular
9200
7600
7600
6000
5250
4500
3750
3600
3600
2800
2400
2200
1500
(Dimensions in inches)
Types JE, JN,
JES, JNS, E & N
Parallel Angular
.010
.010
.015
.015
.020
.020
.025
.025
.032
.032
.040
.045
.062
.035
.043
.056
.070
.081
.094
.109
.128
.151
.175
.195
.242
.330
Y
1.188
1.500
1.938
2.375
2.563
2.938
3.500
4.063
4.875
4.688
6.688
7.750
10.250
*Type H & HS
Parallel Angular
...
...
...
.010
.012
.015
.017
.020
.022
.025
.030
.035
...
...
...
...
.016
.020
.025
.028
.032
.037
.042
.050
.060
...
Y
...
...
...
2.375
2.563
2.938
3.500
4.063
4.875
5.688
6.625
7.750
...
Note: Values shown above apply if the actual torque
transmitted is more than 1/4 the coupling rating. For
lesser torque, reduce the above values by 1/2.
*Type H and HS sleeves should not be used as direct
replacements for EPDM or Neoprene sleeves.
If the coupling employs the two-piece sleeve with the wire
ring, force the ring into its groove in the center of the sleeve.
It may be necessary to pry the ring into position with a blunt
screwdriver.
7
8
Install coupling guards per OSHA requirements.
CAUTION: Coupling sleeves may be thrown from the coupling
assembly with substantial force when the coupling is
subjected to a severe shock load or abuse.
DURA-FLEX® COUPLINGS
SECTION
F2
Patent No. 5,611,732
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Designed from the ground up using finite element analysis to maximize flex life.
Easy two piece element installation. No need to move the hubs during replacement.
One spacer size to handle most different between shaft spacings.
Light weight element absorbs shock loading and torsional vibration.
Same hubs used on both spacer and standard elements.
No lubrication.
Good chemical resistance.
Stock bore-to-size (BTS), Sure-Grip bushed (QD) and Taper-Lock® bushed (TL) Hubs.
The specially designed split-in-half element can be easily
replaced without moving any connected equipment.
® Taper-Lock is a registered tradename of Rockwell Automation-Dodge.
F2–1
DURA-FLEX COUPLING SELECTION
A. Determine the Prime Mover Classification
Prime Mover
Class
• Electric Motors (Standard duty), Hydraulic Motors, Turbines
• Gasoline or Steam Engines (4 or more cylinders)
• Diesel or Gas Engines, High Torque Electric Motors
A
B
C
B. Determine the Load Characteristics and the Service Factor
Typical Applications
Load
Agitators (pure liquids), Blowers (centrifugal, Can and Bottle
Filling Machines, Conveyors - uniformly loaded or fed (belt,
chain, screw), Fans (centrifugal), Generators (uniform load),
Pumps (centrifugal), Screens (air washing, water), Stokers
(uniform load), Woodworking Machines (planers, routers, saws)
Uniform
Characteristics
Even loads - no shock - non
reversing - infrequent starts (up
to 10 per hour) - low starting
torques
Beaters, Blowers (lobe, vane), Compressors (centrifugal, rotary), Moderate Uneven loads - moderate shock
Conveyors - non uniformly loaded or fed (belt, bucket, chain,
shock Infrequent reversing-moderate
screw), Dredge Pumps, Fans (forced draft, propeller), Kilns,
torques
Paper Mills (calendars, converting machines, conveyors, dryers,
mixers, winders), Printing Presses, Pumps (gear, rotary),
Shredders, Textile Machinery (dryers, dyers)
Cranes (bridge, hoist, trolley), Fans (cooling tower), Generators
(welding), Hammer Mills, Mills (ball, pebble, rolling, tube,
tumbling), Pumps (oil well), Wire Drawing Machines
Heavy
shock
Uneven loads - heavy shock frequent starts and stops - high
starting torques - high inertia
peak loads
Prime Mover
Class
A
B
C
1.0
1.5
2.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
Note: The above applications depict the generally accepted conditions encountered in industry. Conditions subject to extreme
temperatures, abrasive dusts, corrosive liquids, excessively high starting torques, etc., must be considered as extra heavy
shock loads. These conditions will increase service factors. Consult TB Wood’s for these selections.
C. Calculate Design Horsepower or Design Torque
• If Prime Mover is a 1160, 1750, or 3500 rpm motor.
Design Hp = Prime Mover HP x Service Factor
Go to page F2—3 and reference the corresponding motor rpm column.
• If Prime Mover is not one of the three speeds listed above.
Design HP @ 100 rpm = (Primer Mover Hp x Service Factor x 100) / Coupling RPM
Go to page F2—3 and reference HP @ 100 RPM column.
• If Using Prime Mover Torque
Design Torque = Prime Mover Torque x Service Factor
Go to page F2—3 and reference Torque column.
D. Select Coupling (DURA-FLEX Couplings are sold by component)
A DURA-FLEX Assembly consists of one element (STD or Spacer) and two hubs (BTS or QD). Optional high speed rings may also
be ordered for spacer elements. Below is an ordering example for Dura-Flex Couplings.
Part #
Element (1)
Hubs (2)
HS Rings (1)
F2–2
WE2 - WE80
WES2 - WES80
WE[2-80] x Bore
WE[4-80] - Bushing
WE[3-80] - TL Bushing
WE[20-80]R
Description
Standard element, sizes 2 through 80
Spacer element, sizes 2 through 80
BTS hubs - stock bore (specify bore size)
QD hubs (sizes 4 through 80, bushing not included)
TL hubs (sizes 3 through 80, bushing not included)
High speed rings - sizes 20-80 (standard for sizes 2-10)
Size 20 Example
WE20
WES20
WE20H138
WE20H
WE20HTL
WE20R
DURA-FLEX COUPLING SELECTION
(continued)
COUPLING RATINGS (STD & SPACER)
3500
Torque
(IN LBS)
Stiffness
in lbs/
Radian
Standard
10.55
20.27
30.54
51.37
80.52
127.73
202.70
305.43
424.83
694.17
1229.20
2194.50
190
365
550
925
1450
2300
3650
5500
7650
12500
22125
39500
3170
4710
5370
9820
15800
27600
42200
65200
123000
167000
205000
305000
7500
7500
7500
7500
7500
6600
5800
5000
4200
3800
3600
2000
HP @ RPM
Coupling
Size
100
1160
1750
WE2
WE3
WE4
WE5
WE10
WE20
WE30
WE40
WE50
WE60
WE70
WE80
.30
.58
.88
1.48
2.30
3.65
5.79
8.85
12.14
19.84
35.12
62.70
3.50
6.72
10.12
17.02
26.69
42.33
67.18
101.23
140.80
230.07
407.39
727.32
5.28
10.13
15.27
25.68
40.26
63.86
101.35
152.72
212.42
347.08
614.60
1097.30
Maximum Rpm
Spacer*
Max. Misalignment
Parallel
Angular
1/16
1/16
1/16
1/16
1/16
3/32
3/32
3/32
3/32
1/8
1/8
1/8
4˚
4˚
4˚
4˚
4˚
3˚
3˚
3˚
3˚
2˚
2˚
2˚
7500
7500
7500
7500
7500
4800
4200
3600
3100
2800
2600
1800
*Maximum spacer RPM = Maximum standard RPM if using optional high speed rings. Operating temperature range is 40° F to 200° F.
BTS HUBS - STOCK BORES
BORE SIZE PRODUCT NO.*
1/2
12
5/8
58
3/4
34
7/8
78
15/16
15/16
1
1
1-1/16
1116
1-1/8
118
1-3/16
1316
1-1/4
114
1-5/16
1516
1-3/8
138
1-7/16
1716
1-1/2
112
1-9/16
1916
1-5/8
158
1-11/16
11116
1-3/4
134
1-7/8
178
1-15/16
11516
2
2
2-1/8
218
2-3/16
2316
2-1/4
214
2-3/8
238
2-1/2
212
2-5/8
258
2-3/4
234
2-7/8
278
3-3/8
338
3-3/4
334
3-7/8
378
4
4
4-3/8
438
4-7/8
478
MAX BORE
WE2H
O
X
XS
XS
WE3H
O
X
XS
XS
XS
XS
XS
XS
WE4H
WE5H
WE10H
WE20H
WE30H
WE40H
O
X
O
O
X
X
O
O
XS
XS
X
X
XS
XS
X
X
XS
XS
XS
XS
XS
XS
X
X
XS
X
S
X
XS
X
XS
XS
X
X
XS
X
XS
XS
XS
X
XS
XS
XS
WE50H
WE60H
WE70H
WE80H
OX
XS
X
XS
XS
X
X
X
XS
X
X
X
XS
X
XS
XS
X
X
XS
X
X
X
XS
X
X
XS
X
X
XS
O
XS
XS
X
X
XS
XS
X
X
O
X
O
XS
XS
XS
X
XS
X
X
X
X
X
XS
XS
XS
XS
XS
O
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
1-1/8
1-3/8
1-11/16
1-7/8
2-1/8
2-3/8
O NO KEYSEAT
X STANDARD KEYSEAT
S STEEL HUB OPTION
MAX. BORE INCLUDES STANDARD KEYSEAT
* PRODUCT NUMBER EXAMPLE ➝
WE5H114 for WE5 x 1-1/4 HUB
WE5HS118 for WE5 x 1-1/8 STEEL HUB
2-7/8
3-3/8
3-5/8
4
4-1/2
X
6
BORE TOLERANCES (BTS)
BORE SIZE
UP TO AND INCLUDING 2”
OVER 2”
TOLERANCE
+.0005 to +.0015
+.0005 to +.0020
F2–3
DURA-FLEX BTS COUPLINGS
Assembly Dimensions for BTS Couplings.
(All dimensions in inches)
Minimum Shaft Spacing = .25”
Dimensions Common to BTS Standard and Spacer Assemblies
SIZE
WE2
WE3
WE4
WE5
WE10
WE20
WE30
WE40
WE50
WE60
WE70
WE80
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
WES2
WES3
WES4
WES5
WES10
WES20
WES30
WES40
WES50
WES60
WES70
WES80
A
B
C
Max. Bore
3.70
4.24
4.52
5.40
6.48
7.36
8.41
9.71
11.34
12.53
14.00
16.00
1.85
2.32
2.6
3.13
3.65
4.48
5.42
6.63
8.13
8.75
9.25
11.3
0.94
1.50
1.69
1.75
1.88
2.06
2.31
2.50
2.75
3.25
3.62
4.87
1-1/8
1-3/8
1-5/8
1-7/8
2-1/8
2-3/8
2-7/8
3-3/8
3-5/8
4
4-1/2
6
Standard Element Assembly
Product
No.*
OAL
MAX
OAL
MIN
Maximum
DBSE
Weight
lbs.
WE2
WE3
WE4
WE5
WE10
WE20
WE30
WE40
WE50
WE60
WE70
WE80
3.78
4.32
4.68
5.30
5.57
6.82
7.61
8.16
9.21
10.70
11.00
14.75
3.22
3.80
3.82
4.32
4.13
4.30
4.63
5.08
5.79
6.44
7.20
9.30
1.90
1.32
1.30
1.80
1.81
2.70
2.99
3.16
3.71
4.20
4.86
6.64
1.5
3.3
4.4
7.4
11.2
16.3
27.7
45.4
59.0
82.6
109.0
242.0
* Product number is element only.
Spacer Element Assembly
Product
No.*
OAL
MAX
OAL
MIN
Maximum
DBSE
Weight
lbs.
WES2
WES3
WES4
WES5
WES10
WES20
WES30
WES40
WES50
WES60
WES70
WES80
5.72
8.02
8.38
8.50
8.76
11.17
11.65
11.89
12.31
16.28
16.81
19.73
5.72
7.28
7.28
7.28
7.28
9.35
9.35
9.35
9.35
12.40
12.50
12.50
4.04
5.02
5.00
5.00
5.00
7.05
7.03
6.89
6.81
9.78
9.57
9.77
2.5
4.8
6.1
9.4
13.6
19.2
31.0
48.9
63.5
91.0
128
258
Sizes WES2 through WES10 are furnished
with high speed rings. All larger sizes, rings
can be ordered as an option.
All weights shown are with MPB style hubs.
Shaft Spacing from 1/4” up to the MAX DBSE can be accomodated by positioning hubs IN or OUT or by using various existing hole
patterns. OAL - Over All Length does Not include bolt heads
F2–4
DURA-FLEX QD BUSHED COUPLINGS
Assembly Dimensions for QD Bushed Couplings.
Dimensions Common to QD Bushed Standard and Spacer Assemblies
SIZE
WE4
WE5
WE10
WE20
WE30
WE40
WE50
WE60
WE70
WE80
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
WES4
WES5
WES10
WES20
WES30
WES40
WES50
WES60
WES70
WES80
A
B
D
Bushing
Max. Bore
4.52
5.40
6.48
7.36
8.41
9.71
11.34
12.53
14.00
16.00
2.60
3.13
3.65
4.48
5.42
6.63
8.13
8.75
9.25
11.3
1.00
1.25
1.31
1.88
2.00
2.63
2.63
3.63
4.50
6.75
JA
SH
SDS
SK
SF
E
E
F
J
M
1-1/4
1-11/16
2
2-5/8
2-15/16
3-1/2
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
5-1/2
Product
No.*
OAL
MAX
OAL
MIN
Maximum
DBSE
Weight
lbs.
WE4
WE5
WE10
WE20
WE30
WE40
WE50
WE60
WE70
WE80
3.88
4.50
4.95
6.37
5.94
6.75
7.88
8.88
10.47
14.72
3.24
4.24
3.83
4.38
5.43
6.50
6.61
8.68
10.12
13.97
1.88
1.88
2.31
2.62
2.19
1.74
2.89
1.96
1.72
1.47
3.8
6.0
8.8
15.9
25.1
47.0
48.0
79.4
124
268
Product
No.*
OAL
MAX
OAL
MIN
Maximum
DBSE
Weight
lbs.
WES4
WES5
WES10
WES20
WES30
WES40
WES50
WES60
WES70
WES80
7.58
7.71
8.14
10.72
9.98
10.48
10.98
14.46
15.41
17.85
7.28
7.28
7.28
9.35
9.35
9.35
9.35
12.40
12.50
14.35
5.58
5.08
5.50
6.97
6.23
5.47
5.99
7.54
6.65
4.60
5.5
8.0
11.2
18.8
28.4
50.5
52.5
106.8
143
284
All weights shown are with MPB bushings.
Shaft Spacing from 1/4” up to the MAX DBSE can be accomodated by positioning hubs IN or OUT or by using various existing hole
patterns. OAL - Over All Length does Not include bolt heads
F2–5
DURA-FLEX Taper-Lock® BUSHED COUPLINGS
Assembly Dimensions for Taper-Lock® Bushed Couplings.
Dimensions Common to Taper-Lock ® Bushed Standard and Spacer Assemblies
SIZE
WE3
WE4
WE5
WE10
WE20
WE30
WE40
WE50
WE60
WE70
WE80
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
&
WES3
WES4
WES5
WES10
WES20
WES30
WES40
WES50
WES60
WES70
WES80
A
B
H
Bushing
Max. Bore
4.24
4.52
5.40
6.48
7.36
8.41
9.71
11.34
12.53
14.00
16.00
2.32
2.60
3.13
3.65
4.48
5.42
6.63
8.13
8.75
9.25
11.3
0.88
0.88
0.88
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.75
1.75
2.00
3.50
4.00
TL1008
TL1008
TL1108
TL1310
TL1610
TL2012
TL2517
TL2517
TL3020
TL3535
TL4040
1
1
1-1/8
1-7/16
1-11/16
2-1/8
2-11/16
2-11/16
3-1/4
3-15/16
4-7/16
Product
No.*
OAL
Maximum
DBSE
Weight
lbs.
WE3
WE4
WE5
WE10
WE20
WE30
WE40
WE50
WE60
WE70
WE80
3.44
3.44
3.94
4.06
4.50
5.06
5.88
6.50
7.31
9.38
11.75
1.69
1.69
2.19
2.06
2.50
2.56
2.38
3.00
3.31
2.38
3.75
1.8
2.6
4.0
6.0
9.0
13.6
21.8
31.5
46.6
66.7
82.0
Product
No.*
OAL
MAX
OAL
MIN
WES3
WES4
WES5
WES10
WES20
WES30
WES40
WES50
WES60
WES70
WES80
7.28
7.28
7.28
7.28
9.35
9.35
9.59
9.59
12.90
14.34
14.84
7.28
7.28
7.28
7.28
9.35
9.35
9.35
9.35
12.40
12.50
14.35
Maximum Weight
DBSE
lbs.
5.38
5.38
5.38
5.25
6.87
6.60
6.11
6.11
8.90
7.34
6.84
3.2
4.2
6.0
7.9
11.9
18.0
26.8
37.4
60.7
81.4
93.2
®Taper-Lock is a registered tradename of Rockwell Automation-Dodge.
F2–6
DURA-FLEX® METRIC COUPLINGS
Patent No. 5,611,732
FEATURES
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Metric Hardware
Designed from the ground up using finite element analysis to maximize flex life.
Easy two piece element installation. No need to move the hubs during replacement.
One spacer size to handle most different between shaft spacings.
Light weight element absorbs shock loading and torsional vibration.
Same hubs used on both spacer and standard elements.
No lubrication.
Good chemical resistance.
The specially designed split-in-half element can be easily
replaced without moving any connected equipment.
® Taper-Lock is a registered tradename of Rockwell Automation-Dodge.
F2–7
DURA-FLEX METRIC COUPLING SELECTION
A. Determine the Prime Mover Classification
Prime Mover
Class
A
B
C
B. Determine the Load Characteristics and the Service Factor
Load
Uniform
Characteristics
Even loads - no shock - non
reversing - infrequent starts (up
to 10 per hour) - low starting
torques
torques
(welding), Hammer Mills, Mills (ball, pebble, rolling, tube,
Heavy
shock
Uneven loads - heavy shock frequent starts and stops - high
peak loads
Prime Mover
Class
A
B
C
1.0
1.5
2.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
temperatures, abrasive dusts, corrosive liquids, excessively high starting torques, etc., must be considered as extra heavy
shock loads. These conditions will increase service factors. Consult TB Wood’s for these selections.
C. Calculate Design Horsepower or Design Torque
Design KW = Prime Mover KW x Service Factor
Design KW @ 100 rpm = (Primer Mover KW x Service Factor x 100) / Coupling RPM
Go to page F2—9 and reference KW @ 100 RPM column.
F2–8
DURA-FLEX METRIC COUPLING
SELECTION (continued)
D. DURA-FLEX Couplings are sold by component
A DURA-FLEX Assembly consists of one element (STD or Spacer) and two hubs (BTS or QD). Optional high
speed rings may also be ordered for spacer elements. Below is an ordering example for Dura-Flex Couplings.
Part #
Description
Size 20 Example
Element (1)
WE2M – WE80M
WES2M – WES80M
Standard Metric Element, sizes 2 through 80
Spacer Metric Element, sizes 2 through 80
WE20M
WES20M
Hubs (2)
WE[2-80] MPB
WE[3-80] – TL Bushing
BTS Hubs – MPB suitable to rebore
TL Hubs (sizes 3 through 80, bushing not included)
WE20MMPB
WE20MTL
HS Rings (1)
WE[20-80]R
High speed rings – sizes 20-80 (standard for sizes 2-10)
WE20RM
COUPLING RATINGS (STD & SPACER)
Coupling
Size
KW @ RPM
100
970
1450
3000
WE2M
0.22
2.17
3.24
6.71
WE3M
0.43
4.20
6.27
12.98
WE4M
.66
6.37
9.52
19.69
WE5M
1.10 10.71 16.00
33.11
WE10M 1.72 16.64 24.87
51.45
WE20M 2.72 26.40 39.47
81.65
WE30M 4.32 41.88 62.61 129.53
WE40M 6.60 64.01 95.69 197.98
WE50M 9.05 87.81 131.27 271.58
WE60M 14.79 143.51 214.52 443.84
WE70M 26.19 254.03 379.74 785.67
WE80M 46.76 453.53 677.95 1402.66
Torque Stiffness
(Nm) NM/RAD
21.47
41.24
62.14
104.5
163.8
259.9
412.4
621.4
864.3
1412
2500
4463
358
532
607
1110
1790
3120
4770
7370
13900
18900
23200
34500
Maximum Rpm
Standard Spacer*
7500
7500
7500
7500
7500
6600
5800
5000
4200
3800
3600
2000
7500
7500
7500
7500
7500
4800
4200
3600
3100
2800
2600
1800
Max. Misalignment
Parallel
(MM)
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
3.2
3.2
3.2
Angular
4˚
4˚
4˚
4˚
4˚
3˚
3˚
3˚
3˚
2˚
2˚
2˚
*Maximum spacer RPM = Maximum standard RPM if using optional high speed rings
F2–9
DURA-FLEX METRIC BTS COUPLINGS
Assembly Dimensions for BTS Couplings.
(All dimensions in millimeters)
Minimum Shaft Spacing = 6.35mm
Dimensions Common to BTS Standard and Spacer Assemblies
SIZE
A
B
C
Max Bore
WE2M & WES2M
WE3M & WES3M
WE4M & WES4M
WE5M & WES5M
WE10M & WES10M
WE20M & WES20M
WE30M & WES30M
WE40M & WES40M
WE50M & WES50M
WE60M & WES60M
WE70M & WES70M
WE80M & WES80M
94
108
115
137
165
187
214
247
288
318
356
406
47
59
66
80
93
114
138
168
207
222
235
287
24
38
43
44
48
52
59
64
70
83
92
124
29
35
41
48
54
60
73
86
92
102
114
152
Product
No.
OAL
MAX
OAL
MIN
Maximum
DBSE
Weight
kg
WE2M
WE3M
WE4M
WE5M
WE10M
WE20M
WE30M
WE40M
WE50M
WE60M
WE70M
WE80M
96
110
119
135
141
173
193
207
234
272
279
375
82
97
97
110
105
109
118
129
147
164
183
236
48
34
33
46
46
69
76
80
94
107
123
169
.07
1.5
2.0
3.4
5.1
7.4
12.6
20.6
26.8
37.5
49.4
110
Product
No.
OAL
MAX
OAL
MIN
Maximum
DBSE
Weight
kg
WES2M
WES3M
WES4M
WES5M
WES10M
WES20M
WES30M
WES40M
WES50M
WES60M
WES70M
WES80M
145
204
213
216
223
284
296
302
313
414
427
501
145
185
185
185
185
237
237
237
237
315
318
318
103
128
127
127
127
180
180
175
173
248
243
248
1.1
2.2
2.8
4.3
6.2
8.7
14.1
22.2
28.8
41.3
58.1
117
Sizes WES2M through WES10M are
furnished with high speed rings. All larger
sizes, rings can be ordered as an option.
All weights shown are with MPB style hubs.
Shaft Spacing from 6.35 mm up to the MAX DBSE can be accomodated by positioning hubs IN or OUT or by using various existing
hole patterns. OAL — Over All Length does Not include bolt heads.
F2–10
DURA-FLEX METRIC Taper-Lock®
BUSHED COUPLINGS
Assembly Dimensions for Taper-Lock® Bushed Couplings.
(All dimensions in millimeters)
Minimum Shaft Spacing = 6.35 mm
Dimensions Common to Taper-Lock ® Bushed Standard and Spacer Assemblies
SIZE
A
B
H
Bushing
Max Bore
WE3M & WES3M
WE4M & WES4M
WE5M & WES5M
WE10M & WES10M
WE20M & WES20M
WE30M & WES30M
WE40M & WES40M
WE50M & WES50M
WE60M & WES60M
WE70M & WES70M
WE80M & WES80M
108
115
137
165
187
214
247
288
318
356
406
59
66
80
93
114
138
168
207
222
235
287
22
22
22
25
25
32
44
44
51
89
102
TL1008
TL1008
TL1108
TL1310
TL1610
TL2012
TL2517
TL2517
TL3020
TL3535
TL4040
26
26
29
36
44
55
68
68
82
100
113
Product
No.
OAL
Maximum
DBSE
Weight
kg
WE3M
WE4M
WE5M
WE10M
WE20M
WE30M
WE40M
WE50M
WE60M
WE70M
WE80M
87
87
100
103
114
129
149
165
186
238
298
43
43
56
52
64
65
60
76
84
60
95
0.8
1.2
1.8
2.7
4.1
6.2
9.9
14.3
21.1
30.3
37.2
Product
No.
OAL
MAX
OAL
MIN
Maximum
DBSE
Weight
kg
WES3M
WES4M
WES5M
WES10M
WES20M
WES30M
WES40M
WES50M
WES60M
WES70M
WES80M
185
185
185
185
237
237
244
244
328
364
377
185
185
185
185
237
237
237
237
315
318
318
137
137
137
133
174
168
155
155
226
186
174
1.5
1.9
2.7
3.6
5.4
8.2
12.2
17.0
27.5
36.9
42.3
Sizes WES3M through WES10M are
furnished with high speed rings. All larger
sizes, rings can be ordered as an option.
® Taper-Lock is a registered Trademark of Rockwell Automation - Dodge
Shaft Spacing from 6.35 mm up to the MAX DBSE can be accomodated by positioning hubs IN or OUT or by using various existing
hole patterns. OAL — Over All Length does Not include bolt heads.
F2–11
We Have A Product for ALL Your Coupling Needs
Besides the full line of stock DURA-FLEX couplings —
Wood’s has other stock coupling lines that may fill your application.
Sure-Flex®
•
•
•
•
Operates in shear
No lubrication
Four-way flexibility
Easy installation
Up to 115 HP
@ 100 rpm
Gear Couplings®
• High Torque Capacity
• Torsionally Stiff
• Good Inherent Balance
• Rated for Higher Speeds
• Many Types and Configurations
Up to 2714 HP
@ 100 rpm
Jaw Couplings
•
•
•
•
Form-Flex®
• All metal construction
• No lubrication
• Wide temperature range
• Zero backlash
• API offering
Economical
No maintenance
Industry standard
Large inventories
Up to 3175 HP
@ 100 rpm
Up to 30 HP
@ 100 rpm
JAW TYPE ELASTOMERIC COUPLINGS
SECTION
F3
L-JAW
Straight Jaw
• 100% interchangeable with
industry standard
• 4 Insert materials available
• Large selection of sizes
C-JAW
Straight Jaw
• Uses individual cushions
• For higher torque loads
• Cushions easily replaced
F3–1
JAW COUPLING SELECTION
Determine the Prime Mover Classification
Prime Mover
Class
A
B
C
Determine the Load Characteristics and the Service Factor
Load
Characteristics
Prime Mover
Class
A
B
C
Uniform Even loads - no shock - non
reversing - infrequent starts (up to
10 per hour) - low starting torques
— Up to 8 hours per day
1.0 1.5
2.0
— Over 8 hours per day
1.5 2.0
2.5
torques
1.5 2.0
2.5
2.0 2.5
3.0
Heavy Uneven loads - heavy shock (welding), Hammer Mills, Mills (ball, pebble, rolling, tube,
shock frequent starts and stops - high
peak loads
2.0 2.5
3.0
2.5 3.0
3.5
temperatures, abrasive dusts, corrosive liquids and dusts. Excessively high starting torques, etc., must be considered as
extra heavy shock loads. These conditions will increase service factors. Consult factory for these selections.
Calculate Design Horsepower or Design Torque
Design Hp = Prime Mover HP x Service Factor
Design Hp @ 100 rpm = (Primer Mover Hp x Service Factor x 100) / Coupling RPM
Go to page F3—3 and reference HP @ 100 RPM column.
Jaw Couplings are sold by component
Below is an ordering example for each Jaw style coupling.
All listed components must be ordered to receive a complete coupling.
Components
F3–2
L-JAW
Product No.
Description
Driver Hub
Driven Hub
L09958
L09912NK
L099 x 5/8
L099 x 1/2
Insert
L099N
L099 Buna-N
Cover
none
none
no keyseat
C-JAW
Product No.
Description
C280178
C280158
C280 x 1-7/8
C280 x 1-5/8
C280N
C280 Buna-N
C280CH
C280 Cover
(contains 6 cushions)
w/ hardware
TORQUE - HORSEPOWER RATINGS
L-JAW TYPE
PRODUCT
NO.
MAX
BORE
MAX
RPM
TORQUE
IN. LBS
L035
L050
L070
L075
L090
1. L095
L099
2. L100
L110
L150
L190
L225
L276
3/8
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-3/16
1-7/16
1-5/8
1-7/8
2-1/8
2-5/8
2-7/8
31000
18000
14000
11000
9000
9000
7000
7000
5000
5000
5000
4600
4200
3.5
26.3
43.2
90.0
144.0
194.0
318.0
417.0
792.0
1240.0
1726.0
2340.0
4716.0
BUNA-N SPIDER (N)
HP PER
HP/SPEEDS (RPM)
100 RPM
1200
1800
3600
0.006
0.042
0.069
0.143
0.228
0.308
0.505
0.662
1.257
1.967
2.739
3.713
7.483
0.07
0.50
0.82
1.71
2.74
3.69
6.05
7.94
15.08
23.61
32.86
44.55
89.79
0.10
0.75
1.23
2.57
4.11
5.54
9.08
11.91
22.62
35.41
49.29
66.83
134.69
0.20
1.50
2.47
5.14
8.23
11.08
18.16
23.82
45.24
70.83
98.59
133.66
269.38
TORQUE
IN. LBS.
HYTREL SPIDER (H)
HP PER
HP/SPEED (RPM)
100 RPM
1200
1800
3600
50.0
114
227
401
561
792
1134
2268
3708
4680
6228
0.079
0.181
0.360
0.636
0.890
1.257
1.799
3.599
5.883
7.426
9.882
0.95
2.17
4.32
7.64
10.68
15.08
21.59
43.18
70.60
89.11
118.58
1.43
3.26
6.48
11.45
16.02
22.62
32.39
64.77
105.90
133.66
177.87
2.86
6.51
12.97
22.91
32.04
45.24
64.77
129.55
211.80
267.32
355.74
WARNING: DO NOT USE BRONZE INSERT OVER 250 RPM.
* BRONZE INSERTS HAVE SAME RATING AS HYTREL INSERTS.
* URETHANE INSERTS RATINGS MULTIPLY BUNA-N INSERT BY 1.5.
1. USES L090 SPIDERS
2. USES L099 SPIDERS
C-JAW TYPE
PRODUCT
NO.
MAX
BORE
MAX
RPM
TORQUE
IN. LBS
C226
C276
C280
C285
C295
C2955
2-1/2
2-7/8
3
4
3-1/2
4
4800
4200
3500
3200
2300
2300
2988.0
4716.0
7560.0
9182.0
11340.0
18900.0
BUNA-N CUSHION SET (N)
HP PER
HP SPEEDS (RPM)
100 RPM
1200
1800
3600
4.700
7.500
12.000
14.600
18.000
30.000
56.40
90.00
144.00
175.20
216.00
360.00
84.60
135.00
216.00
262.80
324.00
540.00
169.20
270.00
432.00
525.60
648.00
1080.00
SPIDER CHARACTERISTICS
CHARACTERISTICS
OIL RESISTANCE
CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
FLEXIBILITY
TEMPERATURE
F
RANGE
C
TORSIONAL STIFFNESS
AVERAGE HARDNESS
(SHORE NUMBER)
MAX. MISALIGNMENT
• ANGULAR
• PARALLEL
AVAILABILITY L-JAW
C-JAW
BUNA-N (N)
URETHANE (U)
HYTREL (H)
BRONZE (B)
GOOD
POOR
EXCELLENT
–40 TO +212
–40 TO +100
FULL SOFT
GOOD
GOOD
GOOD
–30 TO +160
–35 TO +71
MEDIUM SOFT
EXCELLENT
EXCELLENT
FAIR
–60 TO +250
–51 TO +121
HARD
EXCELLENT
EXCELLENT
POOR
–40 TO +450
–40 TO +232
HARD
80A
90A
55D
—
1º
.015”
X
X
1º
.015”
X
1/2º
.015”
X
1/2º
.010”
X
TO ORDER SPIDER
OR CUSHION SET
SPECIFY THE
COUPLING SIZE WITH
THE MATERIAL
SUFFIX.
EXAMPLE:
L150H =
HYTREL SPIDER FOR
L150 COUPLING
F3–3
STOCK BORES
STOCK L-JAW INCH HUBS
BORE
(IN.)
PRODUCT
NO.
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
11/16
3/4
7/8
15/16
1
1 1/16
1 1/8
1 3/16
1 1/4
1 5/16
1 3/8
1 7/16
1 1/2
1 9/16
1 5/8
1 11/16
1 3/4
1 13/16
1 7/8
1 15/16
2
2 1/16
2 1/8
2 3/16
2 1/4
2 3/8
2 1/2
2 5/8
2 7/8
18
3/16
14
5/16
38
7/16
12
9/16
58
11/16
34
78
15/16
1
1116
118
1316
114
1516
138
1716
112
1916
158
11116
134
11316
178
11516
2
2116
218
2316
214
238
212
258
278
0 NO KEYSEAT
L035
0
0
X
0
X
L050
L070
L075
L090
X
0
X
X
X
1
X
X
X
X
X
X
1
X
1
1
X
0
X
X
X
X
1
1
1
1
X
X
X
X
X
1
1
1
X
1
1
1
L095
L099
L100
X
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
X
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
X
X
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
L110
L150
L190
L225
X
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
X
1
1
1
X
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
`
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
L276
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 STANDARD KEYSEAT
X NO KEYSEAT OR STANDARD KEYSEAT
Product Number Example ➞ L09012 for L090 x 1/2 HUB
NOTE: L-JAW Hubs also available in aluminum – contact factory.
BORE TOLERANCES
F3–4
BORE SIZE
TOLERANCE
UP TO AND
INCLUDING 2”
+.0005
+.0015
OVER 2”
+.0005
+.0020
Standard Keyseat Dimensions
Shaft Dia.
Width
Depth
1/2 - 9/16
5/8 - 7/8
15/16 - 1-1/4
1-5/16 - 1-3/8
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32
1-7/16 - 1-3/4
1-13/16 - 2-1/4
2-5/16 - 2-3/4
2-13/16 - 3-1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
3-5/16 - 3-3/4
3-13/16 - 4-1/2
4-9/16 - 5-1/2
5-9/16 - 6-1/2
7/8
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
STOCK BORES
STOCK L-JAW METRIC BORE HUBS
BORE
(MM)
PRODUCT
NO.
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
22
24
25
28
30
32
35
38
40
42
45
48
50
55
60
65
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
22
24
25
28
30
32
35
38
40
42
45
48
50
55
60
65
0 NO KEYSEAT
L035
L050
L070
L075
L090
L095
L099
L100
L110
C-JAW HUBS
L150
L190
L225
L276
0
1
0
0
0
X
1
1
X
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 STANDARD KEYSEAT
X NO KEYSEAT OR STANDARD KEYSEAT
Product Number Example ➞ C226212 for C226 x 2-1/2 HUB
BORE
SIZE
SOLID
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
11/16
3/4
7/8
15/16
1
1 1/16
1 1/8
1 3/16
1 1/4
1 5/16
1 3/8
1 7/16
1 1/2
1 9/16
1 5/8
1 11/16
1 3/4
1 7/8
1 15/16
2
2 1/8
2 1/4
2 3/8
2 1/2
2 5/8
2 7/8
3
3 3/8
3 1/2
3 5/8
3 3/4
3 7/8
PRODUCT
C226
NO.
S
18
3/16
14
5/16
38
7/16
12
9/16
58
11/16
34
78
15/16
1
1116
118
1316
114
1516
138
1716
112
1916
158
11116
134
178
11516
2
218
214
238
212
258
278
3
338
312
358
334
378
0
C276
C280
C285
X
X
C295
C2955
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Standard Keyseat Dimensions
BORE TOLERANCES
BORE SIZE
TOLERANCE
UP TO AND
INCLUDING 2”
+.0005
+.0015
OVER 2”
+.0005
+.0020
Shaft Dia.
Width
Depth
1/2 - 9/16
5/8 - 7/8
15/16 - 1-1/4
1-5/16 - 1-3/8
1/8
3/16
1/4
5/16
1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32
1-7/16 - 1-3/4
1-13/16 - 2-1/4
2-5/16 - 2-3/4
2-13/16 - 3-1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
3-5/16 - 3-3/4
3-13/16 - 4-1/2
4-9/16 - 5-1/2
5-9/16 - 6-1/2
7/8
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
F3–5
COUPLING DIMENSIONS
L-JAW DIMENSIONS
Coupling Hub
Size
Mat’l
L035
L050
L070
L075
L090
L095
L099
L100
L110
L150
L190
L225
L276
S.I.
S.I.
S.I.
S.I.
S.I.
S.I.
S.I.
S.I.
S.I.
S.I.
C.I.
C.I.
C.I.
OD
DIMENSIONS
HD
LTB
B
0.63
1.08
1.36
1.75
2.11
2.11
2.53
2.53
3.33
3.75
4.50
5.00
6.19
0.63
1.08
1.36
1.75
2.11
2.11
2.53
2.53
3.33
3.75
4.00
4.25
5.00
0.27
0.63
0.75
0.81
0.81
1.00
1.06
1.38
1.69
1.75
1.94
2.19
3.13
0.81
1.72
2.00
2.13
2.13
2.50
2.88
3.50
4.23
4.50
4.88
5.38
7.88
C
Weight
Lbs*
0.28
0.47
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.75
0.75
0.85
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.63
0.10
0.30
0.60
1.00
1.50
1.80
2.50
3.50
6.60
9.10
17.00
23.00
47.00
C
Weight
Lbs*
1.50
1.63
1.63
1.63
1.88
1.88
29.00
47.00
61.00
87.00
97.00
117.00
C-JAW DIMENSIONS
Coupling Hub
Size
Mat’l
C226
C276
C280
C285
C295
C2955
C.I.
C.I.
C.I.
C.I.
C.I.
C.I.
OD
HD
5.15
6.18
7.50
8.50
9.12
9.12
4.12
5.00
5.50
6.50
6.31
7.12
S.I. = Powdered metal
•
DIMENSIONS
LTB
B
2.75
3.12
3.12
3.75
3.75
4.25
7.00
7.87
7.87
9.13
9.38
10.38
C.I. = Cast Iron
*Weight of coupling assembly with minimum bores.
NOTE: L-JAW Hubs also available in aluminum – contact factory.
F3–6
HD ELASTOMERIC COUPLINGS
SECTION
F4
Couplings require no lubrication and have proven to be technically superior, low in cost, simple in design, rugged,
corrosion resistant, and maintenance-free. These couplings will tolerate substantial misalignment, and control shock
loads. Replacement of the urethane rolls, if required, is a simple operation, taking a matter of minutes and involving no
special skills or tools. Installation and alignment is quick and easy.
ROLL UNDER
LIGHT LOAD.
ROLL UNDER
HEAVY LOAD.
The diagram above shows how
the coupling accommodates
parallel misalignment. Note the
black roll shifting position in its
pockets as the hubs rotate. The
action under angular misalignment can be seen from the
diagram at the right.
HOW IT WORKS
The Elastomeric line of couplings uses the strength
continuously roll and adjust their positions to
and resiliency of urethane, plus the rolling ability of the
accommodate whatever misalignment is present.
cylindrical elements, to transmit torque without causing
Increasing torque deforms the rolls bringing more and
lateral forces or moments to be applied to either shaft.
more urethane into play. This means that the torqueMisalignment is permitted by the generous clearances deflection characteristics of the coupling are non linear, a
within the metallic parts of the coupling. The urethane
fact that gives the coupling a distinct advantage in
rolls key the male and female hubs together and seek their
controlling torsional vibrations.
own position in the pockets formed by the hubs. They
F4–1
STANDARD SERIES – HD
ELASTOMERIC COUPLINGS
The standard HD elastomeric coupling consists of one male and one female hub with a set of eight straight rolls.
This coupling is used for straight shaft connections. The hubs are cast iron. The rolls are made of urethane.
Finished bored coupling hubs are provided with a class 1 clearance fit, standard keyway, and setscrew over
the keyway.
RATED MISALIGNMENT: 2 DEGREES
SIZE
HD2
HD3
HD4
HD5
HD6
HD7
HD8
MAX BORE
MALE
FEMALE
0.88
1.00
1.18
1.38
1.63
1.88
2.25
2.50
2.75
3.00
3.75
3.93
5.13
5.50
A
3.00
4.09
5.38
7.00
8.38
11.00
15.25
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
C
D
E
1.31
0.09
1.19
1.68
0.12
1.62
2.25
0.12
2.19
2.43
0.18
2.44
2.93
0.18
2.93
3.93
0.25
3.93
5.44
0.38
5.44
B
2.59
3.42
4.56
5.05
6.04
8.11
11.26
MAX RPM
F
1.50
2.00
2.75
3.50
4.25
5.75
8.00
G
1.75
2.25
3.00
4.00
4.75
6.25
8.50
3600
3600
3600
3600
2900
2100
1800
WEIGHT
LBS
2.25
5.25
11.00
23.00
41.00
88.00
250.00
PARALLEL
OFFSET-MAX
0.03”
0.03”
0.04”
0.04”
0.05”
0.05”
0.06”
HD SERIES TORQUE RATINGS
SIZE
HD2
HD3
HD4
HD5
HD6
HD7
HD8
HEAVY DUTY (BLUE) ROLLS
RATED TORQUE
IN LBS
HP/100RPM
1000.00
1.59
3160.00
5.02
5540.00
8.79
15120.00
24.00
22000.00
34.92
54400.00
86.35
126000.00
2000.00
HD COUPLING SERVICE FACTOR GUIDE
TYPE OF LOAD
LIGHT
Uniform or steady load never exceeding horsepower
rating, infrequent starting, Agitators, Blowers, Conveyors,
Fans, Generators, Centrifugal pumps.
MODERATE
Heavy inertia, moderate shock, frequent starting. Peak loads
not to exceed 125% of average horsepower. Uneven loads. Rotary
pumps and compressors, Cranes, Mine and Propeller fans, Grinders,
Mixers, and Gear pumps.
HEAVY
Heavy shock conditions or frequent reversing. Peak loads exceed
125% of average horsepower. Reciprocating pumps and compressors,
Crushers, Mills–rolling, hammer or ball, Vibrators, Punches, and shears.
F4–2
ELECTRIC MOTOR
OR STEAM TURBINE
ENGINE–MORE
THAN 6 CYLINDERS
ENGINE–LESS
THAN 6 CYLINDERS
1.0
1.5
2.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
HD4CS – ALL COMPOSITE FLOATING
SHAFT COUPLINGS
The HD4CS coupling is a high misalignment
coupling designed for cooling tower and
verticle pump drive applications up to 50HP.
This coupling uses TB Wood’s TrueTube
composite spacer tubing. The male and
female coupling halves are also made of
compression molded composite material.
Only the hubs and mounting hardware are
metal. Tightly fitted spherical urethane rolls
support the composite spacer assembly while
accomodating up to 2 degrees of continous
angular misalignment.
COUPLING DATA
RATED TORQUE:................................................. 3600 IN. LBS.
FREE END FLOAT:............................................... +/- .100”
MAXIMUM DBSE:................................................. 162 INCHES
MAX INSTALLATION CLEARANCE:..................... 5 DEGREES
WEIGHT–LBS @ 36” DBSE:................................ 16.1 LBS.
WEIGHT–LBS ADD PER INCH:........................... 0.11 LBS.
RATINGS FOR COOLING TOWER OR CENTRIFUGAL
PUMP SERVICE WITH ELECTRIC MOTOR DRIVES
OPERTING SPEED–RPM
1800
1500
1200
1000
MAXIMUM HP
50
42
40
33
ANGULAR MISALIGNMENT
2.0 DEG
MAXIMUM DBSE–INCHES*
HD4-CS2G (GLASS TUBE)
64
70
78
86
HD4-CS2R (HYBRID TUBE)
79
83
105
111
HD4-CS2B (CARBON TUBE)
95
104
116
127
CLASS
A
C
E
MATERIALS USED
HUB
HARDWARE
STEEL
STEEL
ZINC PLATED STEEL
304 STAINLESS STEEL
304 STAINLESS STEEL 304 STAINLESS STEEL
*CONSULT FACTORY FOR DBSE LONGER THAN 84 INCHES
HD FLYWHEEL COUPLING
The HD Flywheel coupling is designed for
use on close coupled engine driven
equipment. This coupling is designed with
limited clearance between the roll and the
male and female coupling halves to assure
long life when used with reciprocating
engine drivers. Heavy duty rolls are
long life when used with reciprocating
engine drivers. Heavy duty rolls are
standard on this series. The male half and
rolls may be installed “blind” into the female
half bolted to an engine flywheel.
Hubs are made of steel material.
Flywheel adapters are cast iron.
SIZE
*See page F5—25 for adapter details.
SIZE
HD5.5
HD6.5
HD7.5
RATED TORQUE
IN LBS
HP/100RPM
12000
22000
55440
19.0
34.9
88.0
HD5.5
HD6.5
HD7.5
WEIGHT
lbs
27.9
32.9
49.2
MAX
BORE
A
B
2.62
3.25
4.25
7.00
8.38
11.00
3.25
3.63
4.50
WR2
LB IN2
571.5
648.0
1071.0
TQ/RAD
X106 IN LBS/RAD
.120
.249
.786
MISALIGNMENT RATINGS
ANGULAR
PARALLEL
AXIAL
1 DEG.
+/-.020”
+/-.060”
1 DEG.
+/-.020”
+/-.060”
1 DEG.
+/-.020”
+/-.060”
C
D
F
0.50
0.63
0.63
0.50
0.25
0.25
2.75
3.38
4.25
G
H
J
1.83
2.25
2.91
3.80
4.48
6.14
1.31
1.56
2.06
HD1 FLOATING SHAFT COUPLING
This couplling is a low cost floating shaft
design for general purpose use in low
horsepower applications. The spacer is
fabricated by welding male flanges to steel
tubing. The female rings are die cast zinc.
Barrel shaped urethane rolls are used
to support the floating spacer. Hubs are mild
steel. Consult factory for more information.
RATED TORQUE:
180 IN LBS
RATED MISALIGNMENT:
1.5 DEGREES PER FLEX
F4–3
FLEXIBLE MEMBER CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
Resistance to
Acetone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ammonia, Anhydrous . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ammonium Hydroxide Solutions . . . . . .
ASTM hydrocarbon test fluid . . . . . . . . .
ASTM oil No. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASTM oil No. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASTM reference fuel A. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASTM reference fuel B. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ASTM reference fuel C. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benzene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Butane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carbon Tetrachloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chlorobenzene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chloroform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chromic Acid, 10-50% . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dowtherm A Solvent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ethyl Alcohol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ethylene Glycol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Glycerin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydraulic Oils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydrochloric Acid, 20%. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydrogen Peroxide, 88-1/2%. . . . . . . . .
Isopropyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kerosene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lacquer Solvents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubricating Oils. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Methyl Alcohol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mineral Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Naphtha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nitric Acid, 10% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nitrobenzene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phenol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phosphoric Acid, 20%. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pickling Solution
(20% Nitric Acid, 4% HF) . . . . . . . .
Soap Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sodium Hydroxide, 20% . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stearic Acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sulfuric Acid, up to 50% . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sulfuric Acid, 50 to 80% . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tannic Acid, 10% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Toluene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trichloroethylene. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turpentine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Xylene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A - Fluid has little or no effect
B - Fluid has minor to moderate effect
C - Fluid has severe effect
F4–4
Neoprene R
EPDM
Urethane
Hytrel ®
B
A
A(158F)
X
A
B(158F)
A
C
C
C
A
C
X
C
C
B
A(158F)
A(158F)
A
B
A(158F)
A
A
B
A
B
C
B(158F)
A(158F)
A
C
B
C
B
T
A
T
A
C
C
C
C
C
X
C
B
C
X
C
T
...
A
A
X
B-C
T
...
T
T
T
X
...
X
T
X
C
T
A
T
T
C
T
A
T
A(158F)
B(158F)
A
B(122F)
C
C(158F)
A
C(122F)
X
C
X
B
C
B
B
B
A
B
B
T
C
C
X
B
C
A
B
C
C
C
T
B
...
T
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
A
C
X
C
...
...
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
T
A
T
B
A
A
A
A
B
C
C
...
B-C
A(158F)
A
B(158F)
A(158F)
B-C
A
C
C
C
A(212F)
X
X
T
A
T
T
T
T
C
X
C
A(158F)
C
X
A
T
A
T
C
A
C(122F)
C
C
A(122F)
C
X
A
A
T
A
C
T
B
C
...
A(158F)
B
® Registered Trademark of Dupont
T - No data; likely to be compatible
X - No data; not likely to be compatible
Blanks indicate that no evaluation has been attempted
SECTION
F5
FORM-FLEX
FLEXIBLE DISC
COUPLINGS
®
• Long Life
• Low Maintenance
• Design Flexibility
F5–1
FORM-FLEX METAL DISC
FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
Form-Flex couplings transmit torque while compensating for angular, parallel and axial misalignment between
two connected shafts. Flexible disc couplings minimize the misalignment forces on the connected equipment.
The Basic flex coupling consists of two hubs, a spacer and two flexible discs. The flex disc is an assembly of
thin metal laminations. In figure shown below, flex disc holes A & C are bolted to the hub and holes B & D are
bolted to the spacer. Torque is transmitted in direct tensions from A to B and from C to D through the flex disc.
Misalignment is taken through bending in the link between the bolt holes.
COOLING TOWER DRIVES
VERTICAL PUMP DRIVES
Form-Flex metal disc couplings are widely used in
cooling fan drive applications. Form-Flex 4 bolt disc
couplings offer more misalignment capacity than any
competing metal disc design.
For smaller towers up to about 100 inches DBSE, TB
Wood’s offers steel and composite spacer tubing
options. TrueTube composite torque tubes are lighter
than steel and eliminate thermal growth and vibration
problems.
Form-Flex composite floating shaft couplings are
recommended as a replacement for older
multi-section drivelines. Composite couplings can
span up to 240 inches without high maintenance
center support bearings.
F5–2
Form-Flex floating shaft couplings are a costeffective, maintenance free alternative to cardan
U-joints for vertical pump drivelines. Form-Flex
couplings are available with either steel or composite
spacer tubing. Composite spacer tubing can reduce
total cost by eliminating the need for bearings and
support structures.
FORM-FLEX METAL DISC
FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
HIGH STRENGTH
STEEL FASTENERS
COMPLETE PRODUCT OFFERING
-TORQUE CAPACITY TO 3175 HP/100 RPM
-CLOSE COUPLE, SPACER AND FLOATING SHAFT DESIGNS
-NO MOVING PARTS
-ZERO BACKLASH
OVER 30 YEARS
EXPERIENCE IN
METAL DISC
COUPLINGS
HIGH STRENGTH
STAINLESS STEEL
FLEX DISCS
-HIGH TORSIONAL STIFFNESS
-NO LUBRICATION REQUIRED
APPLICATIONS
-PUMPS
-COMPRESSORS
-PRINTING
ALL METAL CONSTRUCTION
-FANS AND BLOWERS
-FOOD PROCESSING
-MACHINE TOOLS
-WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE
-AVAILABLE IN CARBON OR STAINLESS STEEL
-COMPOSITE MATERIALS NOW AVAILABLE
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
• PUMPS
Form-Flex spacer and close couple designs are ideally
suited for all types of pump applications
• ENGINE DRIVEN EQUIPMENT
Form-Flex heavy duty FSH series couplings are
commonly used to drive reciprocating compressors and
other engine driven equipment
• PRINTING
Form-Flex couplings’ high torsional stiffness allows
precise registration for high quality printing lineshaft
applications
• POSITIONING SYSTEMS
Zero backlash and high torsional stiffness make
Form-Flex the first choice for servo and stepper drives
F5–3
Form-Flex Flex Disc Designs
DISC STYLE
DESIGN FEATURES
4 BOLT
(A, M SERIES)
WHERE USED
Straight sided flex disc.
Ideal for general industrial applications with
motor or turbine drivers and smooth to
moderate load conditions.
1 degree angular misalignment.
Torque range: 35 LB. IN. to 30,240 LB. IN.
Low to moderate speed ranges.
Zero backlash.
Serve or stepper driven positioning systems.
All machined steel construction.
Applications where misalignment may be a
problem. 4 bold designs offer the highest
misalignment capacity of any metal disc
design.
Stainless steel flex discs.
Steel or stainless steel materials.
Minimum reaction forces.
6 BOLT
(B SERIES)
Not recommended for engine driven
applications.
Ideal for motor or turbine drivers with any
load conditions.
Straight sided disc.
0.7 degree angular misalignment.
Use for reversing, reciprocating or other
rough load conditions.
Torque range: 3050 LB. IN. to 233,000
LB. IN.
May be used with industrial engines driving
smooth loads.
Suitable for precision balancing.
Zero backlash.
Moderate to high speed ranges and
applications where dynamic balancing is
required.
All machined steel construction.
Stainless steel flex discs.
8 BOLT
(D, F, H SERIES)
Steel or stainless steel materials.
Consider 6 bolt where 4 bolt size requires
increasing coupling size to meet bore size
requirements.
Round disc design.
High torque-low speed applications.
0.3 degree angular misalignment.
Industrial engines driving reciprocating
equipment.
Torque range: 9500 LB. IN. to 2,000,000
LB. IN.
Heavy-duty reversing applications.
Custom designs for high torque applications.
Zero backlash.
Heavy duty cast construction.
Alloy or stainless steel flex discs.
Flywheel mount designs.
MATERIAL CLASSES
APPLIES TO 4 AND 6 BOLT DESIGNS
COUPLING
MATERIAL CLASS BY COMPONENT
HUB
SPACER ASSY
REPAIR KIT
DESCRIPTION
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
A
Mild steel hubs and spacer, alloy steel hardware, 300 series SS flex disc
Zinc plated steel hubs and spacer, alloy steel hardware, 300 series SS flex disc
C
B
C
E
Zinc plated steel hubs and spacer, 300 series SS flex disc and hardware
E
E
E
E
All 300 series stainless steel construction
PRODUCT FEATURES AND OPTIONS
FEATURE
STANDARD BORE FIT
AR, AK, AP
AX, AY
BH, BP, BY
DP*
BF
BA, DA*
A5, A7
CLEARANCE
INTERFERENCE
CLEARANCE
SET SCREWS
STANDARD
OPTIONAL
STANDARD
PULLER HOLES
OPTIONAL
STANDARD
OPTIONAL
STANDARD FLEX DISCS
BALANCE CLASS
DYNAMIC BALANCE
HFTH
AGMA 7
AGMA 8
AGMA 9
OPTIONAL
AGMA 7
HH, HSH, FSH
INTERFERENCE
OPTIONAL
STANDARD
300 SERIES STAINLESS STEEL*
*Alloy steel flex disc is standard for DA and DP series. Stainless steel is optional.
F5-4
B5
OPTIONAL
ALLOY STEEL
N/A
PER TBW COMMERCIAL STANDARD
N/A
N/A
COUPLING/APPLICATION TYPES
COUPLING
TYPE
SINGLE
FLEX
CLOSE
COUPLE
DOUBLE
FLEX
SPACER
COUPLINGS
DOUBLE
FLEX
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
PAGE
Single flexing couplings compensate for
angular and axial misalignment only. Single
couplings should only be used in a three
bearing system with a self-aligning bearing
as shown in the illustration.
Single couplings may also be used in pairs to
support a clutch, transducer or other system
component. These arrangements are double
flexing and must be used with two fully
supported shafts as described below.
AR
BH
HH
F5–12
F5–13
F5–14
Close couple designs accommodate angular,
parallel and axial misalignment types where
two fully supported shafts are located very
close together. Close shaft separations are
generally in the range of 1/8 to 2 inches.
AX
AA
AY
BY
BA
DA
F5–15
F5–16
F5–17
F5–18
F5–19
F5–19
Spacer couplings are used to connect fully
supported shafts with wider separations than
can be reached with a close couple design.
Spacer couplings allow room for installation
and maintenance without moving the
connected equipment. Shaft separations
are generally in the range of 3 to 12 inches.
These couplings accommodate angular,
parallel and axial misalignment.
AK
AP
BP
BF
DP
HSH
FSH
F5–20
F5–20
F5–21
F5–23
F5–22
F5–24
F5–25
A5
A7
B5
HFTH
C/S
F5–26
F5–27
F5–28
F5–29
F5–30, 31
MA
MB
MC
F5–32
F5–32
F5–32
Floating shaft couplings are spacer style
couplings which are designed to connect
widely separated shafts. The coupling
spacers are fabricated. Both steel and
TrueTube composite tubing options are
available.
FLOATING
SHAFT
COUPLINGS
PAGES
SERIES
Semi-floating shaft couplings are a special
single flex version of the floating shaft
coupling. These may be used alone for
some applications or in combination with
floating shaft couplings and pillow block
bearings to span long distances.
Composite floating shaft couplings should
be considered as an alternative to multiple
span applications with center bearings.
MICRO
COUPLINGS
DOUBLE
FLEX
Form-Flex Micro Couplings are used for
precision low torque applications. They are a
smaller version of our 4 bolt line. Micro
Couplings are constructed of aluminum for
reduced inertia. Close couple and spacer
designs are available.
F5-5
SELECTING AND ORDERING
FORM-FLEX COUPLINGS
1) Select correct service factor from the chart below.
2) Calculate HP @ 100 or Design Torque (in lbs).
HP @ 100 = HP x service factor x 100
coupling RPM
OR
Design Torque (in lbs) = 63025 x HP x service factor
coupling RPM
OR
Design Torque = Torque (in lbs) x Service Factor
3) Compare this to the HP @100 column or the Rated Torque column.
4) Check other limiting factors such as bores and overall dimensions.
5) Standard Four or Six bolt couplings can be ordered as hubs and a center assembly.
All other couplings should be ordered by description.
SERVICE FACTOR TABLE
These service factors assume a smooth motor or turbine type driver. The adders listed for other driver types must be
added to the service factor shown for the driven equipment.
ADDERS FOR DRIVER TYPE
DRIVEN EQUIPMENT
S.F.
DRIVER
ADD CONVEYORS-Uniform load (Cont.)
TURBINE
0 Flight
1.25
AC MOTORS
Oven
1.50
With Soft Start
0 Screw
1.25
NEMA A or B
0 CONVEYORS-Non-Uniform Load
NEMA C or D
1 Apron
1.50
DC MOTORS
Assembly
1.25
Shunt Type
0 Belt
1.25
Series or Compound
1 Bucket
1.50
I/C ENGINES
Chain
1.50
8 or More Cylinders
1 Flight
1.50
4-6 Cylinders
1.5 Oven
1.50
1-3 Cylinders
2 Reciprocating
2.50
Screw
1.50
DRIVEN EQUIPMENT S.F.
Shaker
2.50
CRANES AND HOISTS
AGITATORS
2.00
Pure Liquids
1.00 Main Cranes
2.00
Liquids and Solids
1.25 Reversing
1.75
Liquids-Variable Density
1.25 Skip Hoists
Trolley Drive
1.75
BLOWERS
1.75
Centrifugal
1.00 Bridge Drive
1.50
Lobe
1.50 Slope
Vane
1.25 DREDGES
1.75
BRIQUETTER MACHINE
1.00 Cable Reels
1.50
CAN FILLING MACHINE
1.00 Conveyors
Maneuvering Winches
1.75
COMPRESSORS
1.75
Centrifugal
1.25 Pumps
1.75
Lobe
1.50 Screen Drives
1.75
Reciprocating
C/F Stracers
Utility Winches
1.50
CONVEYORS-Uniform Load
Apron
1.25 ELEVATORS
1.75
Assembly
1.00 Bucket
1.50
Belt
1.00 Centrifugal Discharge
2.00
Bucket
1.25 Freight
1.50
Chain
1.25 Gravity Discharge
F5-6
DRIVEN EQUIPMENT
FANS
Centrifugal
Cooling Tower
FEEDERS
Apron
Belt
Disc
Reciprocating
Screw
FOOD INDUSTRY
Cereal Cookers
Dough Mixers
Meat Grinders
Slicers
LUMBER INDUSTRY
Barkers-Drum Type
Edger Feeders
Live Rolls
Log Haul
Off Bearing Rolls
Planers
Slab Conveyors
Sorting Table
Trimmer Feed
MACHINE TOOLS
Bending Roll
Plate Planer
Spindle Drives
Table/Axis Drives
Tapping Machines
PAPER MILLS
Beater & Pulper
Bleacher
Calendars
Converting Machines
S.F. DRIVEN EQUIPMENT
PAPER MILLS-(Cont.)
1.00 Couch
2.00 Cutters, Platers
Cylinders
1.25 Dryers
1.25 Felt Stretchers
1.25 Felt Whipper
2.50 Presses
1.25 Reel
Stock Chests
1.25 Suction Roll
1.75 Washers and Thickeners
1.75 Winders
1.75 PRINTING PRESSES
PUMPS
2.00 Centrifugal
2.00 Reciprocating
Double Acting
2.00
Single Acting 1-2 Cylinders
2.00
Single Acting 3+ Cylinders
2.00
1.75 Rotary-Gear, Lobe, Vane
1.50 TEXTILE INDUSTRY
1.50 Batchers
1.75 Calenders
Card Machines
2.00 Cloth Finishing Machines
1.50 Dry Cans
1.50 Dryers
1.25 Dyeing Machinery
2.50 Looms
Mangles
1.75 Nappers
1.00 Soapers
2.00 Spinners
1.50 Tinter Frames
S.F.
1.75
2.00
1.75
1.75
1.25
2.00
2.00
1.50
1.50
1.75
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.00
2.00
2.25
1.75
1.50
1.25
1.75
1.50
1.50
1.75
1.50
1.25
1.50
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.50
1.50
COUPLING SELECTION GUIDE
TYPICAL APPLICATION CONDITIONS
SMOOTH
MOTOR OR
TURBINE
DRIVEN
STEADY
MOTOR OR
TURBINE
DRIVEN
MODERATE
MOTOR OR
TURBINE
DRIVEN
MEDIUM
MOTOR OR
TURBINE
DRIVEN
HEAVY-HIGH
TQ. MOTOR
OR ENGINE
DRIVEN
EXTRA
HEAVY
ENGINE
DRIVEN
EXTREMELY
HEAVY
ENGINE
DRIVEN
SOFT
START
WITH
STEADY
LOAD
AVERAGE
STARTING
LOADS AND
SLIGHT
TORQUE
VARIATIONS
ABOVE
AVERAGE
STARTING
LOADS AND
MODERATE
LOAD
VARIATIONS
HIGH
STARTING
TORQUES
AND
MEDIUM TO
HEAVY
LOAD
VARIATIONS
MILD SHOCK
LOADING
ENGINES.
DRIVING
SMOOTH
LOADS.
EXTREME
RELIABILITY
HEAVY
SHOCK
LOADING
OR LIGHT
REVERSING
EXTREME
SHOCK
LOADING.
FREQUENT
WIDE
TORQUE
VARIATIONS
.
1.5
2.0
3.25
4.0
1) CONSULT FACTORY FOR
APPLICATIONS IN SHADED AREAS.
2) TORQUE RATINGS MAY VARY BY
COUPLING SERIES.
3) USE THE 1.0 SERVICE FACTOR
COLUMN IF A SERVICE FACTOR
WAS USED IN THE HP/100 RPM
CALCULATION.
TYPE/SIZE
RATED MAX
TORQUE RPM
LB*IN
01
9
02
17
03
35
04
87
300
A SERIES 05
4 BOLT
10
800
15
1,575
20
2,200
25
3,800
30
6,930
35
11,340
40
18,270
45
30,240
3,050
B SERIES 33
6 BOLT
38
6,860
43
13,500
48
18,400
53
24,000
58
41,000
63
48,000
68
72,000
73
125,000
78
233,000
9,500
D SERIES 22
8 BOLT
26
16,000
31
24,000
35
44,000
37
60,000
42
73,000
45
99,000
50
128,000
55
189,000
60
261,000
70
415,000
75
533,000
80
685,000
85
829,000
92 1,040,000
105 1,250,000
160 2,000,000
MICRO
4 BOLT
20,000
20,000
20,000
20,000
8,500
7,500
6,700
6,200
5,500
5,000
4,400
4,000
3,700
17,400
14,300
12,700
11,000
10,700
9,475
8,590
7,800
6,740
5,600
3,800
3,300
2,800
2,600
2,500
2,400
2,250
2,000
1,800
1,600
1,400
1,300
1,200
1,100
1,000
1,000
900
O.D.
MAX
BORE
1.0
SERVICE FACTOR
2.5
3.0
RATED HP/100 RPM AT SERVICE FACTOR SHOWN
1.02
1.26
1.65
2.24
2.65
3.19
3.65
4.08
4.95
5.63
6.63
7.64
8.43
4.69
5.87
6.7
7.5
7.87
9
10
10.75
12.5
15.05
6.00
6.88
8.13
9.13
10.06
11.00
11.88
13.44
15.00
16.75
18.94
20.63
22.38
23.75
25.75
29.25
33.50
0.38
0.59
0.79
0.79
0.87
1.25
1.37
1.62
2.00
2.37
2.87
3.25
3.75
2.50
3.25
3.75
4.38
4.50
5.13
5.50
6.00
6.50
7.50
2.25
2.63
3.13
3.63
3.75
4.50
4.75
5.50
6.25
7.12
7.87
8.75
9.12
9.62
11.00
12.00
17.00
CONSULT WOOD’S SAN MARCOS
0.01
0.03
0.06
0.14
0.48
1.27
2.50
3.49
6.03
11.00
18.00
29.00
48.00
4.84
10.89
21.43
29.21
38.10
65.08
76.19
114.29
198.41
369.84
15.08
25.40
38.10
69.84
95.24
115.87
157.14
203.17
300.00
414.29
658.73
846.03
1,087.30
1,315.87
1,650.79
1,984.13
3,174.60
0.01
0.02
0.04
0.09
0.32
0.85
1.67
2.33
4.02
7.33
12.00
19.33
32.00
3.23
7.26
14.29
19.47
25.40
43.39
50.79
76.19
132.28
246.56
10.05
16.93
25.40
46.56
63.49
77.25
104.76
135.45
200.00
276.19
439.15
564.02
724.87
877.25
1,100.53
1,322.75
2,116.40
0.01
0.01
0.03
0.07
0.24
0.63
1.25
1.75
3.02
5.50
9.00
14.50
24.00
2.42
5.44
10.71
14.60
19.05
32.54
38.10
57.14
99.21
184.92
7.54
12.70
19.05
34.92
47.62
57.94
78.57
101.59
150.00
207.14
329.37
423.02
543.65
657.94
825.40
992.06
1,587.30
0.19
0.51
1.00
1.40
2.41
4.40
7.20
11.60
19.20
1.94
4.36
8.57
11.68
15.24
26.03
30.48
45.71
79.37
147.94
6.03
10.16
15.24
27.94
38.10
46.35
62.86
81.27
120.00
165.71
263.49
338.41
434.92
526.35
660.32
793.65
1,269.84
NOT RECOMMENDED
FOR THESE
APPLICATIONS
1.61
3.63
7.14
9.74
12.70
21.69
25.40
38.10
66.14
123.28
5.03
8.47
12.70
23.28
31.75
38.62
52.38
67.72
100.00
138.10
219.58
282.01
362.43
438.62
550.26
661.38
1,058.20
1.49
3.35
6.59
8.99
11.72
20.02
23.44
35.16
61.05
113.80
4.64
7.81
11.72
21.49
29.30
35.65
48.35
62.52
92.31
127.47
202.69
260.32
334.55
404.88
507.94
610.50
976.80
3.77
6.35
9.52
17.46
23.81
28.97
39.29
50.79
75.00
103.57
164.68
211.51
271.83
328.97
412.70
496.03
793.65
F5-7
4 BOLT COUPLING HUB OPTIONS
TO ORDER A COMPLETE COUPLING, ORDER TWO HUBS OF ANY TYPE AND A COUPLING (SPACER)
SUB ASSEMBLY FOR THE REQUIRED COUPLING TYPE. ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN INCHES.
AZ OVERSIZE BORE HUBS
AJ STANDARD HUBS
PROVIDED WITH STRAIGHT BORE AND KEYWAY
SOLID HUBS AVAILABLE FROM STOCK
SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
MAX
BORE
0.87
1.25
1.37
1.62
2.00
2.38
2.88
3.25
3.75
A
2.65
3.19
3.65
4.08
4.95
5.63
6.63
7.64
8.43
B
0.25
0.30
0.35
0.35
0.45
0.55
0.55
0.65
0.65
F
1.00
1.00
1.13
1.32
1.62
1.88
2.25
2.50
3.00
H
1.30
1.30
2.00
2.40
2.80
3.30
4.15
4.65
5.40
J
0.38
0.38
0.41
0.50
0.63
0.69
0.88
0.94
1.20
STD SET
SCREW SIZE
10-24 UNC
1/4-20 UNC
1/4-20 UNC
1/4-20 UNC
5/16-18 UNC
5/16-18 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
MAX
BORE
1.13
1.63
1.88
2.13
2.38
2.88
3.75
4.00
4.63
A
2.65
3.19
3.65
4.08
4.95
5.63
6.63
7.64
8.43
B
0.25
0.30
0.35
0.35
0.45
0.55
0.55
0.65
0.65
F
1.00
1.00
1.13
1.32
1.62
1.88
2.25
2.50
3.00
H
1.88
2.37
2.69
3.13
3.75
4.25
5.25
6.02
6.75
J
0.38
0.38
0.41
0.50
0.63
0.69
0.88
0.94
1.20
QD BORED HUBS
HUBS FOR TAPER LOCK BUSHINGS
MATERIAL CLASS A OR B ONLY - CLASS A AVAILABLE FROM STOCK
AVAILABLE MTO ONLY
CPLG
SIZE
15
20
25
30
35
40
BUSH. BUSH. MAX
SIZE
TQ.
BORE
LB*IN
JA
1000
1-1/4
JA
1000
1-1/4
SH
3500 1-11/16
SD
5000
2
SK
7000
2-5/8
SF
11000 2-15/16
B
C
F
H
1.17
1.17
1.50
2.06
2.19
2.38
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.81
1.87
2.06
.56
.56
.75
1.25
1.25
1.37
2.00
2.40
2.80
3.30
4.15
4.65
BOLT
SIZE
UNC
#10
#10
1/4
1/4
5/16
3/8
CPLG
SIZE
BUSH
SIZE
15
20
25
30
35
40
N/A
1108
1215
1310
2012
2525
REGULAR MOUNT
BUSH
MAX
TQ
BORE
LB*IN
...
...
1300
1.12
3550
1.25
3850
1.37
7150
2.00
11300
2.50
F
BUSH
SIZE
...
0.87
1.50
1.00
1.25
2.50
1108
1215
1310
1615
2517
2525
STD SET
SCREW SIZE
10-24 UNC
1/4-20 UNC
1/4-20 UNC
1/4-20 UNC
5/16-18 UNC
5/16-18 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
REVERSE MOUNT
BUSH
MAX
TQ
BORE
LB*IN
1300
1.12
3550
1.25
3850
1.37
4300
1.62
11600
2.50
11300
2.50
AC/AD CLAMPING HUBS
AL LOCK ELEMENT HUBS
AC HUBS PROVIDED WITHOUT KEYWAY
AD HUBS PROVIDED WITH KEYWAY
MATERIAL CLASS A OR B ONLY
THESE HUBS USE RINGFEDER TAPERED LOCKING ELEMENTS
MATERIAL CLASS A OR B ONLY
SIZE
MAX BORE
AC
AD
A
F
G
H
SCREW SIZE
05
1.00
0.87
2.65
1.13
.50
2.06
1/4-20 UNC
10
1.00
1.50
1.00
1.75
1.31
2.12
2.13
2.50
0.87
1.25
0.87
1.37
1.00
1.62
1.62
1.87
3.19
1.18
1.36
1.27
1.46
1.32
1.52
1.62
1.86
.50
.69
.50
.69
.55
.75
.64
.88
2.06
2.75
2.06
3.00
2.38
3.50
3.50
4.00
1/4-20 UNC
5/16-18 UNC
1/4-20 UNC
5/16-18 UNC
1/4-20 UNC
3/8-16 UNC
5/16-18 UNC
3/8-16 UNC
15
20
25
3.65
4.08
4.95
NOTE: AC and AL Hubs do not carry full torque capacity. Please consult engineering.
F5-8
SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
HUB
TYPE
AJ
AZ
AJ
AZ
AJ
AZ
AJ
AZ
AJ
AZ
BORE SIZE-mm
MIN
MAX
6
13
14
19
12
18
19
30
12
22
24
35
22
30
32
42
22
32
35
50
B
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.13
1.13
1.32
1.32
1.63
1.63
F
1.32
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.55
1.55
1.78
1.83
2.05
2.23
G
.32
.42
.42
.42
.42
.42
.42
.51
.42
.60
F
0.87
1.50
1.00
1.50
1.75
2.50
SCREW SIZE
10-32 UNF
1/4-28 UNF
1/4-28 UNF
1/4-28 UNF
1/4-28 UNF
1/4-28 UNF
1/4-28 UNF
5/16-24 UNF
1/4-28 UNF
3/8-24 UNF
COUPLING HUB OPTIONS
6 BOLT COUPLING HUBS
8 BOLT COUPLING HUBS
BH SERIES–USED ON BH, BP, B5, BY SERIES
INTERFERENCE FIT WITHOUT SETSCREWS IS RECOMMENDED
Dxx-3 CAST IRON MATERIAL, Dxx-3ST CAST STEEL MATERIAL
USED ON HH, HSH, FSH, HFTH SERIES
INTERFERENCE FIT WITHOUT SETSCREWS IS RECOMMENDED
SIZE
33
38
43
48
53
58
63
68
73
78
MAX
BORE
2.25
3.00
3.25
3.75
3.88
4.25
4.88
5.00
5.25
6.50
A
4.69
5.87
6.70
7.50
7.87
9.00
10.00
10.75
12.50
15.05
B
0.30
0.35
0.42
0.40
0.55
0.65
0.65
0.75
1.00
1.15
F
1.75
2.25
2.50
2.75
2.88
3.25
3.38
3.75
5.13
6.38
H
3.14
4.13
4.63
5.40
5.65
6.22
7.14
7.33
7.80
9.50
J
0.88
1.13
1.25
1.50
1.44
1.63
1.69
1.88
2.50
3.12
SIZE
22
26
31
35
37
42
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
85
92
OPTIONAL SET
SCREW SIZE
1/4-20 UNC
3/8-16 UNC
3/8-16 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
1/2-13 UNC
3/4-10 UNC
3/4-10 UNC
3/4-10 UNC
3/4-10 UNC
MAX BORE
IRON STEEL
2.25
–
2.62
–
3.12
–
3.62
–
3.75
–
4.25
4.50
4.50
4.75
5.12
5.50
5.62
6.25
6.50
7.12
7.00
7.87
7.75
8.75
8.00
9.12
8.50
9.62
10.00
11.00
A
6.00
6.87
8.12
9.12
10.06
11.00
11.87
13.43
15.00
16.75
18.93
20.62
22.37
23.75
25.75
B
0.53
0.62
0.69
0.88
0.88
1.00
1.13
1.25
1.25
1.44
1.75
1.75
2.09
2.13
2.62
F
2.50
2.88
3.38
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.25
7.00
7.25
7.75
8.25
9.00
H
3.88
4.50
5.50
6.12
6.50
7.00
7.43
8.38
9.50
10.50
11.75
13.00
13.75
14.50
15.87
FORM-FLEX DISC IDENTIFICATION CHART
ALL DIMENSIONS ARE ROUNDED TO THE NEAREST FRACTIONAL SIZE FOR IDENTIFICATION PURPOSES. NO TOLERANCES ARE SPECIFIED OR IMPLIED.
DISC SET THICKNESS VARIES FOR TYPE BA AND DA
4 BOLT DISCS
6 BOLT DISCS
8 BOLT DISCS
SIZE
WIDTH
I.D.
B.C.
DIA
1-7/8
2-3/8
2-5/8
CHORD
1
1-3/16
1-1/4
HOLE
DIA
1/4
1/4
5/16
1-5/16
1-5/8
1-7/8
DISC SET
THICKNESS
0.06
0.09
0.12
5
10
15
1-13/16
2-3/16
2-9/16
20
25
30
2-13/16
3-9/16
4
1-5/8
1-3/4
2-1/16
5/16
7/16
1/2
3-1/8
3-3/4
4-1/4
2-3/16
2-5/8
3
0.14
0.15
0.18
35
40
45
4-3/4
5-1/2
6-1/16
2-3/4
3
3-1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
5-1/4
6
6-3/4
3-3/4
4-1/4
4-3/4
0.28
0.30
0.40
50
55
7
7-3/4
4
4-1/4
3/4
1
7-3/4
8-1/2
5-1/2
6
0.43
0.51
SIZE
WIDTH
I.D.
3-3/4
4-13/16
5-11/6
2-3/4
3-9/16
3-15/16
B.C.
DIA
3-3/4
4-7/8
5-9/16
CHORD
33
38
43
HOLE
DIA
1/4
5/16
7/16
1-7/8
2-7/16
2-7/8
DISC SET
THICKNESS
0.10
0.13
0.16
48
53
58
6-3/8
6-3/4
7-3/4
4-5/8
4-3/4
5-1/4
7/16
1/2
5/8
6-3/8
6-5/8
7-7/16
3-3/16
3-5/16
3-3/4
0.19
0.24
0.25
63
68
8-1/2
9-1/4
6
6-1/4
5/8
3/4
8-3/8
9-15/16
4-3/16
5
0.30
0.34
SIZE
WIDTH
I.D.
5-5/8
6-9/16
7-3/4
3-7/8
4-7/16
5-1/4
B.C.
DIA
4-3/4
5-1/2
6-1/2
CHORD
22
26
31
HOLE
DIA
5/16
13/32
15/32
1-13/16
2-1/8
2-1/2
DISC SET
THICKNESS
0.17
0.23
0.25
35
37
42
8-5/8
9-5/8
10-1/2
5-3/4
6-5/16
6-3/4
17/32
5/8
11/16
7-1/4
8
8-5/8
2-3/4
3-1/16
3-5/16
0.29
0.31
0.31
45
50
55
11-1/4
12-13/16
14-3/8
7-1/4
8-1/2
9
3/4
7/8
1
9-1/4
10-1/2
11-3/4
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
0.37
0.46
0.54
60
70
75
15-15/16
18-/8
19-3/4
9-15/16
11-1/8
12
1-1/8
1-5/16
1-7/16
13
14-3/4
16
5
5-5/8
6-1/8
0.59
0.78
0.80
80
85
92
21-7/16
22-7/8
24-7/8
13-1/8
14
15
1-9/16
1-3/4
1-7/8
17-3/8
18-1/2
20
6-5/8
7-1/8
7-5/8
0.81
0.87
1.00
F5-9
ENGINEERING STANDARDS
FORM - FLEX COUPLINGS
INDUSTRY STANDARDS REFERENCED
AGMA 9002-A86–BORES AND KEYWAYS FOR FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
AGMA 9000-C90–FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS – POTENTIAL UNBALANCED CLASSIFICATION
AGMA 514.02–LOAD CLASSIFICATION AND SERVICE FACTORS FOR FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
API610–CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS FOR GENERAL REFINERY SERVICE, 7th Edition–BF and BP series meet the requirements of
API610, 7th Edition when supplied with interference fit bores. Other coupling series can be altered to comply with API610.
NEMA MG1-14.37 AND MG1-21.81–All Form-Flex metal disc couplings meet these standards without limited end float devices
Certain tables and data in this catalog were extracted from the reference AGMA standards with the permission of the publisher, the American
Gear Manufacturers Associations, 1901 North Meyer Drive, Arlington, VA 22209.
MATERIAL CLASSES APPLICABLE TO 4 AND 6 BOLT DESIGNS
CLASS A–
Mild steel hubs and spacer, alloy steel hardware, 300 series stainless steel flex discs.
CLASS B–
Zinc plated mild steel hubs and spacer, alloy steel hardware, 300 series stainless steel flex discs.
CLASS C–
Zinc plated mild steel hubs and spacer, 300 series stainless steel hardware and flex discs.
CLASS E–
All 300 series stainless steel construction.
DYNAMIC BALANCING RECOMMENDATIONS
Use this graph to determine the appropriate balance class based on
coupling weight and operating speed. The balance classes listed on
the graph are for equipment with average sensitivity to coupling
unbalance. The user should determine how sensitive the equipment
train is to coupling unbalance. Use one balance class higher if your
system has higher than average sensitivity to unbalance. Use one
balance class lower if your system has lower than average sensitivity to
unbalance. Use this guide to check your coupling selection against the
recommended balance class for your operating conditions.
The following factors should be considered when determining a machine’s
sensitivity to coupling unbalance.
1) Shaft End Deflection: Machines having flexible shaft extensions are
relatively sensitive to coupling unbalance.
2) Bearing Load Due to Coupling Weight Relative to Total Bearing Load:
Machines having lightly loaded bearings, bearings that are primarily
loaded by the weight of the coupling or other overhung weight are
3) Bearing, Bearing Support and Foundation Flexibility: Machines
or systems with flexible foundations for supports for the rotating
elements are relatively sensitive to coupling unbalance.
4) System Natural Frequencies: Machines operating at or near natural
frequencies are sensitive to coupling unbalance.
5) Machine Separation: System having widely separated machines are
6) Shaft Extension Relative to Bearing Span: Machines having a short
bearing span relative to their shaft extensions are sensitive to
static unbalance.
HOW FORM-FLEX COUPLINGS ACCOMMODATE MISALIGNMENT
Double flexing metal disc couplings may be used to accommodate angular,
parallel and axial misalignment. Single flexing couplings may only be used to
accommodate angular and axial misalignment. A metal disc type coupling uses
a double hinge effect through two flexible discs and the spacer to compensate
for parallel offset misalignment between shafts. Parallel misalignment
imposes the same angular deflection (A) on each flex disc. Angular
misalignment of either connected shaft, (B), creates additional angular
deflections which are added to the angular offset due to parallel misalignment.
The total misalignment angle, (C), at the flex disc is equal to the angular offset
due to parallel misalignment (A) plus the angular offset due to angular
misalignment (B). The maximum misalignment angle (C) should never exceed
the rated misalignment capacity of the coupling type being used. Machinery
equipment changes in actual operation and over the life of the equipment. We
recommend that the machinery misalignment be set as close to zero as
possible when a coupling is installed. We recommend keeping the measured
misalignment below 25% of the rated misalignment capacity of the
coupling type used when the machinery is installed and aligned. The remaining
coupling misalignment capacity will then be available to accommodate additional
misalignment caused by foundation shifts, vibrations, thermal growth or other causes.
F5-10
ENGINEERING STANDARDS
FORM-FLEX COUPLINGS
PRODUCT FEATURES AND OPTIONS
FEATURE
AR, AK, AP
AX, AY
CLEARANCE
STANDARD
OPTIONAL
BH, BP, BY
BF
BA, DA*
A5, A7
B5
HFTH
HH, HSH, FSH
DP*
STANDARD BORE FIT
INTERFERENCE
CLEARANCE
INTERFERENCE
SET SCREWS
OPTIONAL
STANDARD
OPTIONAL
PULLER HOLES
STANDARD
OPTIONAL
STANDARD
OPTIONAL
STANDARD FLEX DISCS
300 SERIES STAINLESS STEEL*
ALLOY STEEL
BALANCE CLASS
AGMA 7
AGMA 8
AGMA 9
AGMA 7
N/A
N/A
DYNAMIC BALANCE
OPTIONAL
PER TBW COMMERCIAL STANDARD
N/A
*Alloy steel flex disc is standard for DA and DP series. Stainless steel is optional.
STANDARD BORE TOLERANCES
INCH
SIZE
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
15/16
SIZE
BORE TOLERANCE
12
58
34
78
15/16
KEYWAY
SIZE
1/8 X 1/16
3/16 X 3/32
3/16 X 3/32
3/16 X 3/32
1/4 X 1/8
CLEARANCE FIT
.500/.501
.625/.626
.750/.751
.875/.876
.9375/.9385
INTERFERENCE FIT
...
...
.7490/.7495
.8740/.8745
.9365/.9370
1
1-1/8
1-3/16
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-7/16
1-1/2
1-5/8
1-3/4
1-7/8
1-15/16
1
118
1316
114
138
1716
112
158
134
178
11516
1/4 X 1/8
1/4 X 1/8
1/4 X 1/8
1/4 X 1/8
5/16 X 5/32
3/8 X 3/16
3/8 X 3/16
3/8 X 3/16
3/8 X 3/16
1/2 X 1/4
1/2 X 1/4
1.000/1.001
1.125/1.126
1.1875/1.1885
1.250/1.251
1.375/1.376
1.4375/1.4385
1.500/1.501
1.625/1.626
1.750/1.751
1.875/1.876
1.9375/1.9385
.9990/.9995
1.1240/1.1245
1.1865/1.1870
1.2490/1.2495
1.3740/1.3745
1.4365/1.4370
1.4990/1.4995
1.623/1.624
1.748/1.749
1.873/1.874
1.9355/1.9365
2
2-1/8
2-1/4
2-3/8
2-7/16
2-1/2
2-5/8
2-3/4
2-7/8
2-15/16
2
218
214
238
2716
212
258
234
278
21516
1/2 X 1/4
1/2 X 1/4
1/2 X 1/4
5/8 X 5/16
5/8 X 5/16
5/8 X 5/16
5/8 X 5/16
5/8 X 5/16
3/4 X 3/8
3/4 X 3/8
2.000/2.001
2.1250/2.1265
2.2500/2.2515
2.3750/2.3765
2.4375/2.4390
2.5000/2.5015
2.6250/2.6265
2.7500/2.7515
2.8750/2.8765
2.9375/2.9390
1.998/1.999
2.123/2.124
2.248/2.249
2.373/2.374
2.4355/2.4365
2.498/2.499
2.623/2.624
2.748/2.749
2.873/2.874
2.9355/2.9365
3
3-1/4
3-3/8
3-1/2
3-5/8
3-3/4
3
314
338
312
358
334
3/4 X 3/8
3/4 X 3/8
7/8 X 7/16
7/8 X 7/16
7/8 X 7/16
7/8 X 7/16
3.000/3.0015
3.2500/3.2515
3.3750/3.3765
3.5000/3.5015
3.6250/3.6265
3.7500/3.7515
2.998/2.999
3.2470/3.2485
3.3720/3.3735
3.4970/3.4985
3.6220/3.6235
3.7470/3.7485
4
4-1/4
4-1/2
4-3/4
4
414
412
434
1 X 1/2
1 X 1/2
1 X 1/2
1-1/4 X 5/8
4.0000/4.0015
4.2500/4.2515
4.5000/4.5015
4.7500/4.7515
3.9970.3.9985
4.2465/4.2480
4.4965/4.4980
4.7465/4.7480
5
5-1/4
5-1/2
5-3/4
5
514
512
534
1-1/4
1-1/4
1-1/4
1-1/2
X
X
X
X
5/8
5/8
5/8
3/4
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
SPECIFYING TAPERED BORES
4.9965/4.9980
5.2460/5.2475
5.4960/5.4975
5.7460/5.7475
METRIC
SIZE
6
8
10
12
13
14
15
16
18
20
22
24
25
28
30
32
35
38
40
45
48
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
110
SIZE
CODE
6MM
8MM
10MM
12MM
13MM
14MM
15MM
16MM
18MM
20MM
22MM
24MM
25MM
28MM
30MM
32MM
35MM
38MM
40MM
45MM
48MM
50MM
55MM
60MM
65MM
70MM
75MM
80MM
85MM
90MM
95MM
100MM
110MM
KEYWAY
SIZE
2X1
2X1
3 X 1.4
4 X 1.8
5 X 2.3
5 X 2.3
5 X 2.3
5 X 2.3
6 X 2.8
6 X 2.8
6 X 2.8
8 X 3.3
8 X 3.3
8 X 3.3
8 X 3.3
10 X 3.3
10 X 3.3
10 X 3.3
12 X 3.3
14 X 3.8
14 X 3.8
14 X 3.8
16 X 4.3
18 X 4.4
18 X 4.4
20 X 4.9
20 X 4.9
22 X 5.4
22 X 5.4
25 X 5.4
25 X 5.4
28 X 6.4
28 X 6.4
BORE TOLERANCE
CLEARANCE FIT
.236/.237
.315/.316
.394/.395
.4725/.4735
.512/.513
.551/.552
.591/.592
.630/.631
.709/.710
.7875/.7885
.866/.867
.945/.946
.984/.985
1.1025/1.1035
1.181/1.182
1.260/1.261
1.378/1.379
1.496/1.497
1.575/1.576
1.772/1.773
1.890/1.891
1.969/1.970
2.1655/2.1670
2.3620/2.3635
2.5590/2.5605
2.7560/2.7575
2.9530/2.9545
3.1500/3.1515
3.3465/3.3480
3.5435/3.5450
3.7400/3.7415
3.9370/3.9385
4.3310/4.3325
BORE TOLERANCES IN INCHES
KEYWAY SIZES IN MM
KEYWAY TOLERANCES
WIDTH
ENGLISH
METRIC
HEIGHT
BORE < = 3.375”
AT SIDE
OF KW
BORE > 3.375”
Please provide the following information for taper bore hubs:
1) Drawing of HUB showing bore and keyway details.
OR
2) Drawing of shaft showing:
(LD) Large diameter, specify with tolerance.
(S) Length of taper, measure parallel to shaft centerline.
(T) Taper angle. Specify as degrees, taper per foot or a percentage.
(P) Desired pull-up of hub on shaft.
(D) Counterbore diameter as required.
(E) Counterbore depth as required.
Keyway or shaft keyseat dimensions. Specify width, depth and keyway taper angle.
-AND OPTIONALLY3) Drawing or sketch of equipment layout in order to determine correct spacer length.
+ .002”/ –0.000”
+ .001”/ –0.000”
+ .015”/ –0.000”
+ .020”/ –0.000”
F5–11
SINGLE FLEX – AR SERIES
4 BOLT SINGLE FLEXING COUPLING
(FORMERLY AJ SERIES)
The AR series coupling accommodates angular and axial misalignment only. Single couplings may
be used in pairs to support a clutch, brake or other power transmission component in a floating
shaft arrangement, or to support a component that is supported by a self-aligning bearing. The AR
coupling consists of two hubs and one set of standard hardware, including stainless steel flex discs.
RATED MISALIGNMENT: 1.0 DEG/DISC
HUB OPTIONS
HUB TYPE
AJ - STANDARD
AZ OVERSIZE
QD BUSHING MOUNT
AC/AD CLAMP
AL LOCK ELEMENT
SEE PAGE F5–8
SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
SIZE
05-45
05-45
15-40
05-25
05-25
MAX BORE
AJ
AZ
0.87
1.13
1.25
1.63
1.37
1.88
1.62
2.13
2.00
2.38
2.38
2.88
2.88
3.75
3.25
4.00
MATERIAL
CLASSES
CLASS
SIZE
A
05-45
B
05-45
C
15-45
E
15-45
SEE PAGE F5–4
COUPLING CONSISTS OF:
2 – HUBS – EXAMPLE- AJ35A X 1-3/8
1 – FLEX ASSEMBLY – EXAMPLE- A35RKA
THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS COMPONENTS
A
2.65
3.19
3.65
4.08
4.95
5.63
6.63
7.64
DIMENSIONS IN INCHES*
D
B
DBSE
2.24
0.24
2.27
0.27
2.58
0.32
2.98
0.34
3.69
0.45
4.23
0.47
5.05
0.55
5.60
0.60
F
H
J
1.00
1.00
1.13
1.32
1.62
1.88
2.25
2.50
1.30
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
3.30
4.15
4.65
0.54
0.59
0.88
0.79
1.00
1.14
0.97
1.30
FREE END
FLOAT
+/- INCH
0.015
0.020
0.021
0.027
0.030
0.032
0.042
0.050
* DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
0.48
1.27
2.50
3.49
6.03
11.00
18.00
29.00
RATED TORQUE
( lb. in.)
300
800
1,575
2,200
3,800
6,930
11,340
18,270
PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
600
1,600
3,150
4,400
7,600
13,860
22,680
36,540
AGMA 7
MAX
RPM
8,500
7,500
6,700
6,200
5,500
5,000
4,400
4,000
MAX
RADIAL
LOAD (lbs.)
34
56
125
183
275
400
600
850
WEIGHT
(lbs.)
WR2
(lb. in.2)
1.24
1.96
2.98
4.07
7.01
10.8
17.2
25.6
0.96
2.35
4.62
7.48
20.4
41.5
88.3
178.
NOTE:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.
F5–12
TQ/RAD
X106
(lb. in./rad)
0.28
0.84
1.47
2.11
3.62
5.91
11.0
17.0
FLEX
ASSY
PART #
AxxRKA
AxxRKA
AxxRKE
AxxRKE
xx = SIZE
SINGLE FLEX – BH SERIES
6 BOLT SINGLE FLEXING COUPLING
The BH series coupling accommodates angular and axial misalignment only. Single couplings may
be used in pairs to support a clutch, brake or other power transmission component in a floating
shaft arrangement, or to support a component that is supported by a self-aligning bearing. The BH
coupling consists of two hubs and one set of standard hardware, including stainless steel flex
discs.
SIZE
33
38
43
48
53
58
63
68
MAX
BORE
2.25
3.00
3.25
3.75
3.88
4.25
4.88
5.00
D
A
B
DBSE
4.69
5.87
6.70
7.50
7.87
9.00
10.00
10.75
3.79
4.84
5.47
6.00
6.28
7.06
7.36
8.35
0.29
0.34
0.47
0.50
0.52
0.56
0.60
0.85
HUB TYPES SIZES
BH
33-78
SEE PAGE F5–9
F
H
1.75
2.25
2.50
2.75
2.88
3.25
3.38
3.75
3.14
4.13
4.63
5.40
5.65
6.22
7.14
7.33
MATERIAL
CLASSES
CLASS
SIZE
A
33-78
B
33-78
C
38-63
E
MTO 38-63
SEE PAGE F5–4
FLEX
ASSY
PART #
BOxxRKA
BOxxRKA
BOxxRKE
BOxxRKE
xx = SIZE
2 – HUBS – EXAMPLE- BH48Ax3”
1 – FLEX ASSEMBLY – EXAMPLE- BO48RKA
SIZE
33
38
43
48
53
58
63
68
HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
4.84
10.08
19.84
26.98
38.10
53.97
76.19
114.29
RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
3,050
6,350
12,500
17,000
24,000
34,000
48,000
72,000
PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
6,100
12,500
25,000
34,000
48,000
68,000
96,000
144,000
AGMA 8
MAX
RPM
8,400
7,500
6,800
6,500
6,000
5,500
5,200
4,800
MAX
RADIAL
LOAD (lbs.)
150
240
420
655
720
930
1,125
1,530
WEIGHT
(lbs.)
WR2
(lb. in.2)
5.76
11.4
17.3
25.2
29.8
45.4
58.4
73.4
14.5
46.6
91.7
171
226
443
715
984
TQ/RAD
FREE END
FLOAT
X106
(lb. in./rad)
+/- inch
4.57
0.03
9.41
0.04
17.8
0.05
25.5
0.06
29.8
0.06
50.0
0.06
76.6
0.07
96.7
0.07
NOTE:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR BH HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.
F5–13
SINGLE FLEX– HH SERIES
8 BOLT SINGLE COUPLING
The HH series is designed for high torque, low speed applications. Hubs are cast iron. Steel is optional.
Flex discs are high strength alloy steel. Stainless steel flex discs are optional. Dynamic balancing for higher
speed operation is not recommended. Single plane balancing of individual hubs is available.
SIZE
22
26
31
35
37
42
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
85
92
105
160
SIZE
22
26
31
35
37
42
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
85
92
105
160
MAX BORE
IRON
STEEL
2.25
–
2.62
–
3.12
3.63
3.62
4.00
3.75
4.50
4.25
4.75
4.50
5.13
5.12
5.50
5.62
6.25
6.50
7.12
7.00
7.87
7.75
8.75
8.00
9.12
8.50
9.62
10.00
11.00
10.50
12.00
16.00
17.00
HP PER
100 RPM
1.0S.F
15.08
25.40
38.10
69.84
95.24
115.87
157.14
203.17
300.00
414.29
658.73
846.03
1,087.30
1,315.87
1,650.79
1,984.13
3,174.60
D
A (2)
B
DBSE
6.00
6.87
8.12
9.12
10.06
11.00
11.87
13.43
15.00
16.75
18.93
20.62
22.37
23.75
25.75
29.25
33.50
RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
9,500
16,000
24,000
44,000
60,000
73,000
99,000
128,000
189,000
261,000
415,000
533,000
685,000
829,000
1,040,000
1,250,000
2,000,000
5.43
6.29
7.38
8.16
8.81
9.31
9.87
11.06
12.25
13.84
15.50
16.05
17.06
18.12
19.75
22.75
26.25
PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
14.250
24,000
36,000
66,000
90,000
109,500
148,500
192,000
283,500
391,500
622,500
799,500
1,027,500
1,243,500
1,560,000
1,875,000
3,000,000
0.43
0.53
0.62
0.66
0.81
0.81
0.87
1.06
1.25
1.34
1.50
1.55
1.56
1.62
1.75
1.75
2.25
AGMA 8
MAX
RPM
3,800
3,300
2,800
2,600
2,500
2,400
2,250
2,000
1,800
1,600
1,400
1,300
1,200
1,100
1,000
1,000
900
F
H
2.50
2.88
3.38
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.25
7.00
7.25
7.75
8.25
9.00
10.50
12.00
3.87
4.50
5.50
6.12
6.50
7.00
7.43
9.50
9.50
10.50
11.75
13.00
13.75
14.50
15.87
20.00
24.00
MAX
RADIAL
LOAD (lbs.)
338
570
700
930
1,170
1,300
1,700
2,250
3,200
4,000
6,100
6,900
7,500
8,700
11,100
8,460
11,300
HUB OPTIONS
HUB TYPE
SIZE
C.I.
26-160
STL
31-160
SEE PAGE F5–9
ORDERING: HH Series couplings are
sold as complete assemblies. Please
specify hub type, bore sizes, and flex
disc materials. A coupling will be
configured to meet your specification.
WEIGHT
(lbs.)
WR2
(lb. in.2)
17
26
43
61
77
95
115
163
228
328
451
588
732
840
1,160
1,780
2,310
62
129
304
557
820
1,250
1,810
3,290
5,570
10,300
18,200
27,400
42,100
54,700
89,400
160,000
325,000
NOTE:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR CAST IRON HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.
2) HUB FLANGE O.D. MAY VARY WITH STEEL HUBS.
F5–14
TQ/RAD
FREE END
X10 6
FLOAT
(lb. in./rad)
+/- inch
12.7
0.018
22.1
0.022
36.4
0.026
52.8
0.028
69.6
0.031
84
0.034
106
0.036
147
0.041
243
0.046
349
0.051
482
0.058
682
0.062
779
0.068
911
0.070
1220
0.078
3200
0.085
5140
0.125
CLOSE COUPLE – AX SERIES
4 BOLT CLOSE COUPLED COUPLING
(GENERAL USE)
The AX series close coupling is made up of two hubs, a steel spacer block, two stainless flex discs and AX
hardware. A special bolting arrangement supports the spacer between the flex discs. The AX is an
economical design that it well suited to many general purpose applications. The AX accommodates close
shaft separations when is is installed with the shafts extending through the flex discs into the center of the
coupling. The shaft diameter must be less than the flex disc I.D. listed in the dimensional table.
RATED MISALIGNMENT:
1.0 DEG/DISC
AD HUB
SHOWN
HUB OPTIONS
HUB TYPE
AJ - STANDARD
AZ - OVERSIZE
QD BUSHING MOUNT
AC/AD CLAMP
AL LOCK ELEMENT
SEE PAGE F5–8
SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
SIZE
05-45
05-45
15-40
05-25
05-25
MAX BORE
AJ
AZ
0.87
1.13
1.25
1.63
1.37
1.88
1.62
2.13
2.00
2.38
2.38
2.88
2.88
3.75
3.25
4.00
MATERIAL
CLASSES
CLASS
SIZE
A
05-45
B
05-45
C
N/A
E
N/A
SEE PAGE F5–4
2 – HUBS – EXAMPLE- AJ20A x 1-1/2”
1 – SPACER ASSEMBLY – EXAMPLE- A x 20SAA
A
B
2.65
3.19
3.65
4.08
4.95
5.63
6.63
7.64
3.34
3.40
3.80
4.22
5.36
6.30
7.17
8.30
DBSE
F
Dmin
Dmax
0.38
1.34
1.00
0.44
1.40
1.00
0.63
1.54
1.13
0.63
1.58
1.32
0.75
2.12
1.62
1.00
2.54
1.88
1.13
2.67
2.25
1.13
3.30
2.50
SPACER
ASSEMBLY
PART #
AXxxSAA
AXxxSAB
N/A
N/A
xx = SIZE
G
H
J
0.48
0.48
0.44
0.48
0.69
0.77
0.77
1.08
1.30
1.30
2.00
2.40
2.80
3.30
4.15
4.65
1.68
1.79
1.85
1.66
2.39
3.18
2.81
4.03
DISC
I.D.**
1.00
1.17
1.28
1.65
1.78
2.01
2.71
3.00
* DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FOR AJ HUBS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.
** SHAFT O.D. MUST BE LESS THAN DISC I.D. IN ORDER TO EXTEND SHAFTS INTO COUPLING TO MEET Dmin DIMENSION.
SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
0.48
1.27
2.50
3.49
6.03
11.00
18.00
29.00
RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
300
800
1,575
2,200
3,800
6,930
11,340
18,270
PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
450
1,200
2,363
3,300
5,700
10,395
17,010
27,405
AGMA 7
MAX
RPM
8,500
7,500
6,700
6,200
5,500
5,000
4,400
4,000
WEIGHT
(lbs.)
WR2
(lb. in.2)
1.63
2.48
3.84
5.10
9.13
13.8
21.1
32.0
1.26
2.90
5.80
9.16
26.1
51.7
108
222
TQ/RAD
X10 6
(lb. in./rad)
0.04
0.06
0.21
0.25
0.56
0.79
1.48
1.68
FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.030
0.040
0.042
0.055
0.060
0.065
0.085
0.100
NOTES
F5–15
CLOSE COUPLE – AA SERIES
(GENERAL USE – SHORTER BOLT REMOVAL)
The AA series close coupling is made up of two hubs, a cast iron block type spacer and two sets of standard
hardware. Stainless steel flex discs are standard. The AA accommodates close shaft separations when it is
installed with the shafts extending through the flex discs into the center of the coupling. The shaft diameter
must be less than the flex disc I.D. listed in the dimensional table. This coupling is recommended when the
bolt removal length (J) makes the AX coupling impractical.
Special machined steel block spacers are also available in several sizes.
RATED MISALIGNMENT:
1.0 DEG/DISC
HUB OPTIONS
HUB TYPE
AJ - STANDARD
AZ - OVERSIZE
QD BUSHING MOUNT
AC/AD CLAMP
AL LOCK ELEMENT
SEE PAGE F5–8
SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
SIZE
05-45
05-45
15-40
05-25
05-25
MAX BORE
AJ
AZ
0.87
1.13
1.25
1.63
1.37
1.88
1.62
2.13
2.00
2.38
2.38
2.88
2.88
3.75
3.25
4.00
MATERIAL
CLASSES
CLASS
SIZE
A
05-45
B
05-45
C
15-45
E
N/A
SEE PAGE F5–4
2 – HUBS – EXAMPLE- AJ35A x 2”
1 – SPACER ASSEMBLY – EXAMPLE- AA35SAA
A
B
2.65
3.19
3.65
4.08
4.95
5.63
6.63
7.64
3.23
3.73
3.82
4.38
5.26
6.24
6.91
7.70
DBSE
F
Dmin
Dmax
0.25
1.23
1.00
0.25
1.73
1.00
0.31
1.56
1.13
0.41
1.74
1.32
0.41
2.02
1.62
0.56
2.48
1.88
0.66
2.41
2.25
0.75
2.70
2.50
G
H
J
0.24
0.27
0.32
0.34
0.45
0.47
0.55
0.60
1.30
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
3.30
4.15
4.65
0.54
0.56
0.88
0.79
1.00
1.14
0.97
1.30
** SHAFT I.D. MUST BE LESS THAN DISC I.D. IN ORDER TO EXTEND SHAFTS INTO COUPLING TO MEET Dmin DIMENSION.
SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
0.48
1.27
2.50
3.49
6.03
11.00
18.00
29.00
RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
300
800
1,575
2,200
3,800
6,930
11,340
18,270
PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
450
1,200
2,363
3,300
5,700
10,395
17,010
27,405
MAX
RPM
WEIGHT
(lbs.)
WR2
(lb. in.2)
3,600
3,500
3,450
3,350
3,200
3,000
2,800
2,650
1.76
2.77
4.24
5.48
9.81
15.0
22.4
34.3
1.40
3.35
6.66
10.2
29.4
59
121
250
TQ/RAD
X106
(lb. in./rad)
0.06
0.10
0.26
0.25
0.62
0.94
1.44
2.43
NOTES:
2) MAX RPM SHOWN BASED ON CAST IRON SPACER MATERIAL.
F5–16
SPACER
ASSEMBLY
PART #
AAxxSAA
AAxxSAB
AAxxSAC
N/A
xx = SIZE
FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.030
0.040
0.042
0.055
0.060
0.065
0.085
0.100
DISC
I.D.**
1.00
1.17
1.28
1.65
1.78
2.01
2.71
3.00
CLOSE COUPLE – AY SERIES
(POSITIONING APPLICATIONS)
The AY series is specifically designed for positioning applications where a servo or stepper drive is C flange
mounted and connects to a ball screw. The AY accommodates the small amounts of angular and parallel
misalignment with an absolute minimum size package, zero backlash and high torsional stiffness. The AY
is made up of two hubs, a steel spacer block, two stainless flex discs and AY hardware. The coupling must
be installed as an assembled unit. The spacer is not service removable.
AL
HUB SHOWN
HUB OPTIONS
HUB TYPE
AJ - STANDARD
AZ - OVERSIZE
QD BUSHING MOUNT
AC/AD CLAMP
AL LOCK ELEMENT
SEE PAGE F5–8
SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
SIZE
05-25
05-25
15-25
05-25
05-25
MAX BORE
AJ
AZ
0.87
1.13
1.25
1.63
1.37
1.88
1.62
2.13
2.00
2.38
MATERIAL
CLASSES
CLASS
SIZE
A
05-25
B
05-25
C
N/A
E
N/A
SEE PAGE F5–4
1 – SPACER ASSEMBLY – EXAMPLE- AY20SAA
A
B
2.65
3.19
3.65
4.08
4.95
2.85
2.91
3.33
3.76
4.77
DBSE
Dmin
Dmax
0.49
0.85
0.50
0.91
0.56
1.07
0.56
1.12
0.87
1.53
F
G
H
1.00
1.00
1.13
1.32
1.62
0.24
0.27
0.32
0.34
0.45
1.30
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
SPACER
ASSEMBLY
PART #
AYxxSAA
AYxxSAB
N/A
N/A
xx = SIZE
DISC
I.D.**
1.00
1.17
1.28
1.65
1.78
** SHAFT I.D. MUST BE LESS THAN DISC I.D. IN ORDER TO EXTEND SHAFTS INTO COUPLING TO MEET Dmin DIMENSION.
SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
0.48
1.27
2.50
3.49
6.03
RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
300
800
1,575
2,200
3,800
PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
600
1,600
3,150
4,400
7,600
AGMA 7
MAX
RPM
8,500
7,500
6,700
6,200
5,500
WEIGHT
(lbs.)
1.64
2.68
4.23
5.49
9.78
WR2
(lb. in.2)
(lb. in./rad)
1.24
3.08
6.41
9.92
27.6
TQ/RAD
X106
0.13
0.35
0.64
0.83
1.56
FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.030
0.040
0.042
0.055
0.060
NOTE:
F5–17
CLOSE COUPLE – BY SERIES
The BY series close coupling is a low cost replacement for gear or elastomeric couplings. It is ideal for use
in low to moderate speed applications with motor or turbine drivers. The BY is an economical alternative to
Axial Split spacer designs. The BY accommodates close shaft spacings by allowing the connected shafts
to extend through the flex discs and spacer without restriction. The spacer is not service removable if the
shaft gap is less than the D1 dimension shown. For shorter shaft spacings, the flex discs may still be
replaced by removing the coupling bolts and shuttling the spacer from side to side.
Inverted (BY) and Extended (BH) hubs are available to allow varying shaft diameters and spacing.
2 – HUBS – EXAMPLE- BY43A x 2-1/2”
1 – SPACER ASSEMBLY – EXAMPLE- BY43SAA
SIZE
33
38
43
48
53
58
63
68
MAX BORE
BY inv BH ext
2.00
2.25
2.63
3.00
2.88
3.25
3.25
3.75
3.63
3.88
4.00
4.25
4.50
4.88
4.75
5.00
SIZE
33
38
43
48
53
58
63
68
A
4.69
5.87
6.70
7.50
7.87
9.00
10.00
10.75
HP PER RATED TORQUE
100 RPM
(lb. in.)
1.0 S.F
4.84
3,050
10.08
6,350
19.84
12,500
26.98
17,000
38.10
24,000
53.97
34,000
76.19
48,000
114.29
72,000
B1
B2
B3
4.13
4.45
5.41
5.64
6.77
7.60
8.40
9.20
4.530
5.260
6.265
6.630
7.600
8.700
9.230
10.450
4.93
6.07
7.12
7.62
8.43
9.80
10.06
11.70
PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
4,575
9,525
18,750
25,500
36,000
51,000
72,000
108,000
AGMA 8
MAX
RPM
8,400
7,500
6,800
6,500
6,000
5,500
5,200
4,800
DBSE
C
D1
D2
1.350
0.43
0.930
1.440
0.57
1.070
1.645
0.81
1.465
1.760
0.76
1.440
2.050
1.01
1.840
2.150
1.20
2.250
2.550
1.20
2.250
2.500
1.60
2.900
WEIGHT
(lbs.)
WR2
(lb. in.2)
8.06
13.9
23.2
31.1
40.3
65.4
82.8
106
22.3
65.1
144
241
345
734
1150
1760
D3
1.43
1.57
2.12
2.12
2.67
3.30
3.30
4.20
Fe
H
Ji
1.85
1.94
2.30
2.44
2.88
3.20
3.60
3.80
1.75
2.25
2.50
2.75
2.88
3.25
3.38
3.75
3.14
4.13
4.63
5.40
5.65
6.22
7.14
7.33
1.46
1.61
2.51
2.34
2.93
4.40
4.00
5.28
TQ/RAD
FREE END
X106
FLOAT
(lb. in./rad)
+/- inch
0.94
0.060
2.98
0.084
4.99
0.090
5.42
0.108
9.10
0.108
15.4
0.118
25.8
0.140
37.4
0.144
NOTE:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR BY HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.
F5–18
Fi
Je
1.06
0.80
1.60
1.35
2.10
3.30
3.17
4.03
MATERIAL
SPACER
CLASSES
ASSEMBLY
CLASS SIZE
PART #
A
33-68 BYxxSAA
B
33-68 BYxxSAB
C
N/A
N/A
E
N/A
N/A
SEE PAGE F5–4 xx = SIZE
CLOSE COUPLE – BA SERIES-6 BOLT DESIGN
& DA SERIES-8 BOLT DESIGN
AXIAL SPLIT SPACER COUPLINGS
Axial split spacer couplings are an ideal replacement for lubricated gear or grid couplings. Close shaft
separations are met without requirements for extending shafts through hubs. The split spacer removes
radially to allow removal of connected equipment. Flex discs may be replaced without disturbing the
connected equipment. The axial split series features all steel construction. Stainless steel flex discs are
standard for the BA series. Both stainless and high strength alloy steel flex disc options are available with
the DA series.
SIZE
BA33
BA38
BA43
DA31
DA35
DA37
DA42
DA45
DA50
DA55
DA60
DA70
SIZE
BA33
BA38
BA43
DA31
DA35
DA37
DA42
DA45
DA50
DA55
DA60
DA70
MAX
BORE
1.75
2.50
2.63
3.38
3.75
4.19
4.50
4.75
5.00
5.50
6.00
7.00
D
A
B
DBSE
4.69
5.87
6.70
7.81
8.69
9.69
10.50
11.31
12.88
14.44
16.00
18.25
HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
6.29
13.10
25.79
38.10
54.13
81.11
114.76
130.48
196.83
300.00
390.48
549.21
3.88
4.38
5.00
5.87
6.81
7.37
8.19
9.31
9.75
11.00
12.38
14.38
0.12
0.12
0.12
0.19
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.31
0.31
0.38
0.38
0.38
RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
3,965
8,255
16,250
24,000
34,100
51,100
72,300
82,200
124,000
189,000
246,000
346,000
F
1.88
2.13
2.44
2.84
3.28
3.56
3.97
4.50
4.72
5.31
6.00
7.00
PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
7,930
16,510
32,500
48,000
68,200
102,200
144,600
164,400
248,000
378,000
492,000
692,000
G
0.33
0.40
0.48
0.44
0.54
0.69
0.69
0.75
0.96
1.04
1.10
1.40
H
2.71
3.55
3.91
5.22
5.71
6.18
6.70
7.20
7.93
8.95
9.89
11.08
ORDERING: BA and DA Series
couplings are sold as components.
Please specify hub bore sizes and
specify flex disc materials for DA
series couplings.
MAX RPM
UNBALANCED
BALANCED
4,200
3,800
3,700
3,000
2,800
2,500
2,300
2,200
2,000
1,900
1,800
1,700
7,000
6,300
6,000
5,000
4,500
4,000
3,700
3,400
3,300
2,800
2,500
2,500
WEIGHT
(lbs.)
WR2
(lb. in.2)
10.7
18.1
30.2
45.5
63.4
87
114
152
215
317
450
664
29.2
81.7
158
372
627
1,110
1,670
2,550
4,610
8,550
14,900
28,800
FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.060
0.084
0.090
0.052
0.056
0.062
0.067
0.072
0.082
0.092
0.102
0.115
NOTE:
1) WEIGHTS AND WR2 VALUES SHOWN ARE AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.
F5–19
SPACER – 4 BOLT
AK SERIES-STOCK LENGTH COUPLING
AP SERIES-CUSTOM LENGTH COUPLING
The AK and AP series couplings are standard design spacer couplings. They are made up of two hubs, a
one-piece machined spool spacer and two sets of flex discs with standard hardware, including stainless
steel flex discs. The AK is the stocked minimum length spacer. The AP is made-to-order to any custom
spacer length. AP series pricing is standard for any spacer length up to 9 inches.
For type AP, specify the D (DBSE) dimension in 1/100th inches.
Example: AP10A350 specifies AP10 class A 3.50” DBSE.
HUB OPTIONS
HUB TYPE
AJ - STANDARD
AZ - OVERSIZE
QD BUSHING MT.
AC/AD CLAMP
AL LOCK ELEMENT
SEE PAGE F5–8
SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
SIZE
05-45
05-45
15-40
05-25
05-25
MAX BORE
AJ
AZ
0.87
1.13
1.25
1.63
1.37
1.88
1.62
2.13
2.00
2.38
2.38
2.88
2.88
3.75
3.25
4.00
1 – SPACER ASSEMBLY – EXAMPLE- AK25SAA
A
2.65
3.19
3.65
4.08
4.95
5.63
6.63
7.64
Bmin
Dmin
F
(AK)
(AK)
3.72
1.72
1.00
4.06
2.06
1.00
4.67
2.41
1.13
5.02
2.38
1.32
6.16
2.92
1.62
7.57
3.81
1.88
8.81
4.31
2.25
9.88
4.88
2.50
MATERIAL
CLASSES
CLASS
SIZE
A
05-45
B
05-45
C
15-45
E
MTO 15-45
SEE PAGE F5–4
G
H
J
0.24
0.27
0.32
0.34
0.45
0.47
0.55
0.60
1.30
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
3.30
4.15
4.65
0.54
0.56
0.88
0.79
1.00
1.14
0.97
1.30
SPACER ASSEMBLY
PART #
AK
AP
AKxxSAA APxxAddd
AKxxSAB APxxBddd
AKxxSAC APxxCddd
AKxxSAE APxxEddd
xx = SIZE ddd=DBSE
FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.030
0.040
0.042
0.055
0.060
0.065
0.085
0.100
SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
0.48
1.27
2.50
3.49
6.03
11.00
18.00
29.00
RATED TORQUE
LB*IN
(lb. in.)
300
800
1,575
2,200
3,800
6,930
11,340
18,270
PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
600
1,600
3,150
4,400
7,600
13,860
22,680
36,540
AGMA 7
MAX
RPM
8,500
7,500
6,700
6,200
5,500
5,000
4,400
4,000
WEIGHT (lbs.)
AT MIN
ADD PER
D
in. OF D
2.32
0.14
3.62
0.22
5.44
0.26
6.96
0.32
12.7
0.41
19.0
0.46
27.6
0.63
42.1
0.76
WR2-(lb. in.2)
AT MIN
ADD PER
D
in. OF D
1.87
0.05
4.48
0.11
8.86
0.19
13.8
0.34
38.8
0.62
77.7
0.92
156
2.29
322
3.55
NOTES:
2) TO CALCULATE TORSIONAL STIFFNESS FOR A GIVEN SPACER LENGTH, LET L= D - Dmin
TORSIONAL STIFFNESS = 1/[(1/K) + (L/Y)]
F5–20
TORS. STIFFNESS
106 (lb. in./rad)
K factor
Y factor
0.15
2.00
0.43
4.64
0.74
7.51
1.08
13.8
1.74
25.1
2.89
37.4
5.34
93
8.21
144
SPACER – BP SERIES
6 BOLT SPACER COUPLING
The BP series coupling is a standard design spacer coupling using the 6 bolt disc design. The coupling is
made up of two hubs, a one-piece machined spool spacer and two sets of flex discs with standard
hardware, including stainless steel flex discs. The BP is made-to-order to any custom spacer length.
BP series pricing is standard for any spacer length up to 9 inches.
HUB TYPES SIZES
BH
33-78
SEE PAGE F5–9
2 – HUBS – EXAMPLE- BH33Ax2”
1 – SPACER ASSEMBLY – EXAMPLEBP33A500 (5”DBSE)
Specify the D (DBSE) dimension in 1/100th inches.
Example: BP33A350 specifies BP33 class A 3.50”
DBSE. Specify each hub bore size as required.
33
38
43
48
53
58
2.25
3.00
3.25
3.75
3.88
4.25
4.69
5.87
6.70
7.50
7.87
9.00
2.09
2.37
2.95
3.00
3.91
4.80
1.75
2.25
2.50
2.75
2.88
3.25
0.285
0.335
0.465
0.495
0.520
0.555
3.14
4.13
4.63
5.40
5.65
6.22
FREE
END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.060
0.084
0.090
0.108
0.108
0.118
63
68
4.88
5.00
10.00
10.75
4.88
6.20
3.38
3.75
0.600
0.849
7.14
7.33
0.140
0.144
SIZE
SIZE
33
MAX
BORE
HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
4.84
A
Dmin
F
RATED TORQUE
LB*IN
(lb. in.)
3,050
G
H
PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
6,100
AGMA 8
MAX
RPM
8,400
MATERIAL
CLASSES
CLASS
SIZE
A
33-73
B
33-78
C
38-63
E
N/A
SEE PAGE F5–4
WEIGHT (lbs.)
AT MIN
ADD PER
D
in. OF D
8.49
0.47
38
43
10.08
19.84
6,350
12,500
12,700
25,000
7,500
6,800
15.9
24.3
0.63
0.74
48
53
58
63
68
26.98
38.10
53.97
76.19
114.29
17,000
24,000
34,000
48,000
72,000
34,000
48,000
68,000
96,000
144,000
6,500
6,000
5,500
5,200
4,800
33.2
41.7
65.1
80.5
104
0.87
0.93
0.98
1.14
1.17
WR2-(lb. in.2)
AT MIN
ADD PER
D
in. OF D
23.3
0.91
71.8
143
248
354
707
1,100
1,560
2.24
3.59
5.79
6.93
8.14
13.0
14.7
SPACER
ASSEMBLY
PART #
BPxxAddd
BPxxBddd
BPxxCddd
N/A
ddd = DBSE
TORS. STIFFNESS
x106 (lb. in./rad)
K factor
Y factor
2.42
37.1
4.93
9.40
13.2
15.1
23.7
34.9
44.0
90.8
146.
235.
281.
330.
528.
597.
NOTES:
F5–21
SPACER – DP SERIES
8 BOLT SPACER COUPLINGS
The DP series coupling is a fully machined spacer coupling using the 8 bolt disc design used for high
torque applications at higher speeds. The coupling is made up of two hubs, a one-piece machined spool
spacer and two sets of flex discs and hardware. The DP is made-to-order to any customer spacer length.
Both stainless and high strength alloy flex disc materials are available.
MEETS API 610
9TH EDITION
WITH OPTIONAL
BALANCING
SPECIFY BORES & DBSE
THIS COUPLING IS SOLD AS AN ASSEMBLY.
SIZE
A
DP31
DP35
DP37
DP42
DP45
DP50
DP55
DP60
DP70
MAX BORE
DA
DH
3.38
3.63
3.75
4.00
4.00
4.50
4.50
4.75
4.75
5.13
5.00
5.38
5.50
6.00
6.00
6.50
7.00
7.50
7.81
8.69
9.69
10.50
11.31
12.88
14.44
16.00
18.25
SIZE
HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
RATED TORQUE
LB*IN
(lb. in.)
DP31
DP35
DP37
DP42
DP45
DP50
DP55
DP60
DP70
50.75
76.12
107.84
146.69
157.00
260.08
396.47
586.77
840.51
32,000
48,000
68,000
92,500
99,000
164,000
250,000
370,000
530,000
Dmin
F1
F2
DBSE
DA
DH
4.38
2.84
3.37
4.75
3.28
3.75
5.00
3.56
4.00
5.13
3.97
4.25
5.25
4.50
4.50
7.25
4.72
5.00
7.62
5.31
5.50
8.13
6.00
6.00
9.25
7.00
7.00
PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
64,000
96,000
136,000
185,000
198,000
328,000
510,000
740,000
1,060,000
AGMA 8
MAX
RPM
6,500
5,700
5,400
5,100
4,800
4,300
4,100
3,600
3,300
G
0.44
0.54
0.69
0.69
0.75
0.96
1.04
1.10
1.40
WEIGHT (lbs.)
AT MIN
ADD PER
D
in. OF D
37.2
54.5
69.3
91.4
118
175
260
367
559
0.60
0.97
1.05
1.54
1.66
2.28
3.03
4.01
5.46
H1
DA
5.22
5.71
6.18
6.70
7.20
7.93
8.95
9.89
11.06
WR2-(lb. in.2)
AT MIN
ADD PER
D
in. OF D
289
525
839
1,270
1,910
3,560
6,690
11,600
23,500
NOTES:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR DA HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.
F5-22
H2
DH
5.50
5.88
6.50
7.00
7.44
8.38
9.44
10.25
11.75
4.30
8.16
10.7
18.2
23.4
38.3
63.2
101
172
FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.052
0.056
0.062
0.067
0.072
0.082
0.092
0.102
0.115
TORS. STIFFNESS
x106 (lb. in./rad)
K factor
Y factor
16.7
26.7
34.7
47.2
61.0
78.7
133
187
285
168
318
417
711
912
1,490
2,470
3,950
6,690
SPACER – BF SERIES
6 BOLT DROP OUT SPACER COUPLING
The BF series is designed for moderate service in higher speed applications. The coupling consists of
factory assembled spacer unit which mounts between two hubs. The spacer assembly drops out as one
unit for easy maintenance. The BF has all steel construction with standard stainless steel flex discs.
The coupling is manufactured to meet AGMA class 9 balance requirements. Dynamic balancing for higher
speed operation is also available. Standard length spacers are stocked. Pricing is standard for any spacer
length up to the Dmax value listed. Longer spacer lengths are also available.
SPECIFY BORES & DBSE
UNLESS BALANCED.
SIZE
15(3)
20(3)
33
38
43
48
53
58
63
68
73
78
STD
EXT
1.50
1.88
2.25
3.00
3.50
3.75
4.13
4.63
5.13
5.63
6.50
7.50
MAX BORE
INTERM. LARGE
HUB
HUB
1.88
2.38
2.13
2.75
3.25
4.00
4.50
5.00
-
A
Dmin
3.65
4.19
4.93
6.00
6.77
7.62
8.00
9.00
10.00
11.00
12.75
15.30
3.43
3.43
3.09
3.50
4.43
4.50
5.69
6.88
6.93
7.56
11.00
11.08
MEETS API 610
9TH EDITION
DBSE
Fs
STD
Dmax*
STOCK
INTERM.
9.00
3.5, 4.37
1.31
9.00 3.5, 4.37, 5
1.56
9.00
3.5, 5, 7
2.00
9.00
5, 7
2.63
9.00
5, 7
3.12
9.00
5, 7
3.25
9.00
7
3.63
9.00
7
4.12
9.00
7
4.50
12.00
5.00
15.00
5.13
15.00
6.38
Fe
EXT
Fl
LRG
G
MAX
1.69
2.06
2.50
3.25
3.75
4.00
4.38
5.00
5.38
6.00
6.38
7.38
1.63
1.81
2.06
2.75
3.00
3.25
-
2.09
2.56
3.13
4.13
5.00
5.38
5.75
6.50
7.25
8.00
8.38
10.19
Hs
STD
EXT
2.33
2.81
3.38
4.43
5.25
5.63
6.13
6.88
7.63
8.38
9.38
10.75
Hm
INTERM.
2.75
3.00
-
* Longer D dimensions are available. Consult factory for pricing.
SIZE
(4)
15
20
33
38
43
48
53
58
63
68
73
78
HP PER RATED TORQUE
100 RPM
LB*IN
1.0 S.F
(lb. in.)
2.50
3.49
6.27
13.10
21.43
29.21
38.10
65.08
76.19
114.29
198.41
369.84
1,575
2,200
3,950
8,255
13,500
18,400
24,000
41,000
48,000
72,000
125,000
233,000
PEAK O/L AGMA 9 (3)
WEIGHT (lbs.)
TORQUE
MAX.
AT MIN. ADD PER
(lb. in.)
RPM
D
(in.) OF D
3,150
4,400
7,900
16,510
27,000
36,800
48,000
82,000
96,000
144,000
250,000
466,000
13,500
12,500
11,000
9,800
8,800
8,300
7,800
7,000
6,700
6,200
5,700
5,000
7.22
9.31
13.1
24.3
44.5
54.3
72
107
134
188
272
475
0.12
0.19
0.47
0.63
0.70
0.79
0.88
0.98
1.14
1.48
2.02
3.21
TORSIONAL STIFFNESS
WR2-(lb. in.2)
AT MIN. ADD PER
x106 (lb. in./rad)
D
(in.) OF D K factor
Y factor
11.9
19.9
39.3
114.0
276
422
633
1,200
1,870
3,020
5,890
14,700
0.05
0.15
0.91
2.23
3.05
4.61
5.92
8.14
13.0
16.2
27.0
63.8
0.52
0.92
3.32
6.91
9.66
12.8
14.9
23.4
33.5
44.7
75.1
142
2.09
3.72
37.0
90.7
124
187
240
330
528
569
1,100
2,590
FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.045
0.055
0.060
0.076
0.090
0.108
0.108
0.118
0.140
0.144
0.156
0.170
NOTES:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR STANDARD HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.
3) CONSULT FACTORY FOR HIGHER SPEED OPERATION
4) SIZES 15-20 ARE A 4-BOLT DISC DESIGN, SIZES 33-68 ARE A 6-BOLT DISC DESIGN AND SIZES 73-78 ARE AN 8-BOLT DESIGN.
F5-23
SPACER – HSH SERIES
8 BOLT SPACER COUPLINGS
The HSH series is designed for high torque, low speed applications. Hubs are cast iron. Steel is optional.
Spacers are cast grey or ductile iron. Flex discs are high strength alloy steel. Stainless steel flex discs are
optional. Dynamic balancing for higher speed operation is not recommended. Single plane balancing of
hubs and spacers is available.
SIZE
22
26
31
35
37
42
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
85
92
105
160
SIZE
22
26
31
35
37
42
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
85
92
105
160
MAX BORE
IRON
STEEL
2.25
–
2.62
–
3.12
3.63
3.62
4.00
3.75
4.50
4.25
4.75
4.50
5.13
5.12
5.50
5.62
6.25
6.50
7.12
7.00
7.87
7.75
8.75
8.00
9.12
8.50
9.62
10.00
11.00
10.50
12.00
16.00
17.00
HP PER
100 RPM
1.0S.F
15.08
25.40
38.10
69.84
95.24
115.90
157.10
203.20
300.00
414.30
658.70
846.00
1,087.00
1,316.00
1,651.00
1,984.00
3,175.00
D
A (2)
B
DBSE
6.00
6.87
8.12
9.12
10.06
11.00
11.87
13.43
15.00
16.75
18.93
20.62
22.37
23.75
25.75
29.25
33.50
RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
9,500
16,000
24,000
44,000
60,000
73,000
99,000
128,000
189,000
261,000
415,000
533,000
685,000
829,000
1,040,000
1,250,000
2,000,000
8.00
9.50
10.87
12.06
13.12
13.93
14.75
16.81
18.68
20.93
23.62
25.00
26.87
28.62
31.00
34.25
40.25
PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
14.250
24,000
36,000
66,000
90,000
109,500
148,500
192,000
283,500
391,500
622,500
799,500
1,027,500
1,243,500
1,560,000
1,875,000
3,000,000
3.00
3.50
4.12
4.56
5.12
5.43
5.75
6.81
7.68
8.43
9.62
10.50
11.37
12.12
13.00
13.25
16.25
MAX
RPM
3,800
3,300
2,800
2,600
2,500
2,400
2,250
2,000
1,800
1,600
1,400
1,300
1,200
1,100
1,000
1,000
900
F
G
H
2.50
2.88
3.37
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.25
7.00
7.25
7.75
8.25
9.00
10.50
12.00
0.43
0.55
0.62
0.66
0.81
0.81
0.87
1.06
1.25
1.34
1.50
1.53
1.56
1.62
1.75
1.75
2.25
3.87
4.50
5.50
6.12
6.50
7.00
7.43
9.50
9.50
10.50
11.75
13.00
13.75
14.50
15.87
20.00
24.00
WEIGHT
(lbs.)
(1)
22
33
56
81
103
133
161
223
302
435
640
839
1,070
1,240
1,710
C/F
C/F
WR2
(lb. in.2)
(1)
80
161
401
750
1,130
1,740
2,510
4,580
7,480
13,800
25,900
38,600
59,800
79,400
131,000
C/F
C/F
ORDERING: HSH
Series couplings are sold
as complete assemblies.
Please specify hub type,
bore sizes, and flex disc
materials. A coupling will
be configured to meet
your specifications.
TQ/RAD
X10 6 (1)
(lb. in./rad)
1.5
2.3
2.9
6.5
9.9
6.9
14.8
44.3
54.2
80.1
144
148
205
204
384
C/F
C/F
NOTE:
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR CAST IRON HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE.
2) HUB FLANGE DIAMETER MAY VARY WITH STEEL HUBS
F5–24
HUB TYPES
C.I.
STL
SEE PAGE
FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.036
0.044
0.052
0.056
0.062
0.067
0.072
0.082
0.092
0.102
0.115
0.125
0.136
0.140
0.156
0.170
0.250
SIZES
22-160
31-160
F5–9
SPACER – FSH SERIES
8 BOLT FLYWHEEL MOUNT COUPLINGS
The FSH series is designed for high torque, low speed applications. Hubs are cast iron. Steel is optional.
Adapter plates and spacers are cast grey or ductile iron. Flex discs are high strength alloy steel. Stainless
flex discs are optional. Dynamic balancing for higher speed operation is not recommended. Single plane
balancing of flywheel adapters, hubs and spacers is available.
HUB TYPES
C.I.
STL.
SEE PAGE
SIZE
OD
10
12
14
18
20
22
26
28
10.375
12.375
13.875
18.375
20.375
22.500
26.500
28.875
SIZE
31
35
37
42
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
85
92
105
SIZE
31
35
37
42
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
85
92
105
SIZES
31-105
31-105
F5–9
STANDARD ADAPTER SIZES
SAE BOLTING
HD BOLTING
BC
HOLE HOLE
BC
HOLE HOLE
QTY
SIZE
QTY
SIZE
9.625
6
13/32
9.500
8
15/32
11.625
8
13/32
11.500
8
17/32
13.125
8
13/32
12.500
8
21/32
17.250
8
17/32
16.750
8
25/32
19.250
8
17/32
18.500
8
29/32
21.375
6
21/32
20.500
8
1-1/32
25.250
12
21/32
24.500
12
1-1/32
27.250
12
25/32
26.875
12
1-1/32
MAX BORE
IRON
STEEL
3.12
3.63
3.62
4.00
3.75
4.50
4.25
4.75
4.50
5.13
5.12
5.50
5.62
6.25
6.50
7.12
7.00
7.87
7.75
8.75
8.00
9.12
8.50
9.62
10.00
11.00
10.50
12.00
HP PER
100 RPM
1.0S.F
38.10
69.84
95.24
115.9
157.1
203.2
300.0
414.3
658.7
846.0
1087
1316
1651
1984
ORDERING: FSH Series
couplings are sold as complete
assemblies. Please specify hub
type, bore sizes, and flex disc
materials. A coupling will be
configured to meet your
specifications.
A(3)
8.12
9.12
10.06
11.00
11.87
13.43
15.00
16.75
18.93
20.62
22.37
23.75
25.75
29.25
RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
24,000
44,000
60,000
73,000
99,000
128,000
189,000
261,000
415,000
533,000
685,000
829,000
1,040,000
1,250,000
D
B
F
DBSE
8.68
5.31
3.37
9.62
5.87
3.75
10.62
6.62
4.00
11.37
7.12
4.25
12.00
7.50
4.50
13.75
8.75
5.00
15.38
9.87
5.50
17.12
10.87
6.25
19.43
12.43
7.00
20.75
13.50
7.25
22.50
14.75
7.75
23.93
15.68
8.25
26.25
17.25
9.00
27.77
17.27
10.50
PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
36,000
66,000
90,000
109,500
148,500
192,000
283,500
391,500
622,500
799,500
1,027,500
1,243,500
1,560,000
1,875,000
MAX
RPM
(2)
2,800
2,600
2,500
2,400
2,250
2,000
1,800
1,600
1,400
1,300
1,200
1,100
1,000
1,000
WEIGHT
(lbs.)
(1)
48
64
87
115
138
202
263
359
559
766
930
1,110
1,460
C/F
G
H
J
0.62
0.66
0.81
0.81
0.87
1.06
1.25
1.34
1.50
1.53
1.56
1.62
1.75
1.75
5.50
6.12
6.50
7.00
7.43
8.37
9.50
10.50
11.75
13.00
13.75
14.50
15.87
20.00
0.50
0.50
0.56
0.63
0.69
0.75
0.88
1.00
1.00
1.13
1.25
1.25
1.38
1.75
WR2
(lb. in.2)
(1)
442
661
1,170
1,860
2,500
5,550
8,000
12,700
26,200
43,600
60,100
83,000
124,000
C/F
TQ/RAD
X10 6 (1)
(lb. in./rad)
2.95
6.69
10.3
7.03
15.4
48.8
58.6
86.5
161
160
225
222
433
C/F
AVAILABLE ADAPTER SIZES
X = STOCK SIZE 0 = MTO
10 12 14 18 20 22 26 28
O O X X O O
O O X X O X
O O O O
O X O X X X
O X O X X X
X O X X X
X O X X X
X O X X X
X X X
O O X
O O X
X
X
FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.052
0.056
0.062
0.067
0.072
0.082
0.092
0.102
0.115
0.125
0.136
0.140
0.156
0.170
1) WEIGHT, WR2 AND TORSIONAL STIFFNESS VALUES SHOWN ARE FOR CAST IRON HUBS AT MAXIMUM BORE SIZE AND MINIMUM
AVAILABLE ADAPTER O.D.
2) MAX RPM LISTED IS FOR SMALLEST ADAPTER SIZE. CONSULT FACTORY FOR SPEED RATINGS BY ADAPTER SIZE.
3) HUB FLANGE DIAMETER MAY VARY WITH STEEL HUBS.
F5–25
FLOATING SHAFT – A5 SERIES
4 BOLT FLOATING SHAFT COUPLINGS
The A5 series is used for spacer lengths that are longer than can be spanned economically with spacer
couplings. The A5 series has a welded tubular spacer assembly along with two hubs and standard
hardware, including stainless steel flex discs. The A5 is Made to Order to any custom spacer length.
A5 series standard pricing is listed for D dimensions up to 36” and for D dimensions from 36” to maximum
D at 1800 RPM.
HUB OPTIONS
HUB TYPE
AJ - STANDARD
AZ - OVERSIZE
QD BUSHING MOUNT
AC/AD CLAMP
AL LOCK ELEMENT
SEE PAGE F5–8
SIZE
05-45
05-45
15-40
05-25
05-25
ORDERING: A5 Series couplings are sold as complete assemblies. Please specify hub
types and bore sizes, DBSE (D) dimension, speed for dynamic balancing, and material class.
A coupling will be configured to meet your specifications.
ORDERING TYPE A6 FOR VERTICAL APPLICATIONS LONGER THAN 30” DBSE.
A THRUST BUTTON WILL BE ADDED ON THE LOWER END OF THE SPACER TO
SUPPORT THE WEIGHT OF THE SPACER
SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
MAX BORE
AJ
AZ
0.87
1.13
1.25
1.63
1.37
1.88
1.62
2.13
2.00
2.38
2.38
2.88
2.88
3.75
3.25
4.00
A
Dmin
F
G
H
2.65
3.19
3.65
4.08
4.95
5.63
6.63
7.64
4.00
4.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
6.00
7.00
7.00
1.00
1.00
1.13
1.32
1.62
1.88
2.25
2.50
0.24
0.27
0.32
0.34
0.45
0.47
0.55
0.60
1.30
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
3.30
4.15
4.65
1800
51
62
64
73
79
85
97
103
MATERIAL
CLASSES
CLASS SIZE
A
05-45
B
05-45
C
15-45
E
15-45
SEE PAGE F5–4
MAX DBSE (D INCHES)
FOR RPM SHOWN
1500
1200
900
750
56
62
71
78
69
76
88
96
71
79
91
99
81
90
103
113
87
97
112
122
94
102
120
132
107
119
137
150
113
126
146
160
600
87
107
111
126
137
147
168
178
SIZE
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
0.48
1.27
2.50
3.49
6.03
11.00
18.00
29.00
RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
300
800
1,575
2,200
3,800
6,930
11,340
18,270
PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
600
1,600
3,150
4,400
7,600
13,860
22,680
36,540
WEIGHT (lbs.)
AT
ADD PER
D = 20”
in. OF D
4.37
0.11
5.64
0.10
7.48
0.10
11.5
0.21
17.0
0.20
25.7
0.29
34.8
0.40
49.9
0.46
WR2-(lb. in.2)
AT
ADD PER
D = 20”
in. OF D
2.38
0.03
5.88
0.07
10.3
0.07
18.3
0.22
45.0
0.29
90.6
0.56
180
1.32
356
1.95
NOTES:
2) TO CALCULATE TORSIONAL STIFFNESS FOR A GIVEN SPACER LENGTH, LET L= D - 20”
F5–26
TORS. STIFFNESS
106 (lb. in./rad)
K factor
Y factor
0.04
1.12
0.11
2.81
0.13
2.81
0.35
8.77
0.52
12.0
0.98
22.7
1.99
53.9
3.14
79.3
FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.030
0.040
0.042
0.055
0.060
0.065
0.085
0.100
FLOATING SHAFT – A7 SERIES
4 BOLT SEMI-FLOATING SHAFT COUPLINGS
The A7 coupling is a single flexing coupling designed for use in widely spaced three bearing systems.
The shaft end of the coupling must be supported by a self-aligning bearing. A full floating coupling may be
used in combination with the semi-floating coupling to span longer distances, or a V-Belt drive or other
component may be mounted to the shaft end. This A7 is made-to-order to any custom spacer length.
A7 series standard pricing is listed at D dimensions up to 36 inches and D dimensions between 36 inches
and max L at 1800 RPM motor speed.
HUB OPTIONS
HUB TYPE
AJ - STANDARD
AZ - OVERSIZE
QD BUSHING MOUNT
AC/AD CLAMP
AL LOCK ELEMENT
SEE PAGE F5–8
SIZE
05-45
05-45
15-40
05-25
05-25
ORDERING: A7 Series couplings are sold as complete assemblies. Please specify hub
SIZE
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
MAX BORE
AJ
AZ
1.25
1.63
1.37
1.88
1.62
2.13
2.00
2.38
2.38
2.88
2.88
3.75
3.25
4.00
A
Dmin
F
G
H
K
L
M
3.19
3.65
4.08
4.95
5.63
6.63
7.64
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
1.00
1.13
1.32
1.62
1.88
2.25
2.50
0.27
0.32
0.34
0.45
0.47
0.55
0.60
1.80
2.00
2.40
2.80
3.30
4.15
4.65
1.25
1.25
1.50
1.75
2.00
2.50
3.00
16.50
16.06
15.75
15.25
14.50
13.25
12.75
3.50
3.94
4.25
4.75
5.50
6.75
7.25
KEYWAY
SIZE
.25 x .12
.25 x .12
.37 x .18
.37 x .18
.50 x .25
.62 x .31
.75 x .37
MATERIAL
CLASSES
CLASS SIZE
A
10-45
B
05-45
C
15-45
E
15-45
SEE PAGE F5–4
MAX DBSE (D INCHES)
FOR RPM SHOWN
1800 1500 1200
900
62
69
76
88
64
71
79
91
73
81
90
103
79
87
97
112
85
94
102
120
97
107
119
137
103
113
126
146
600
107
111
126
137
147
168
178
SIZE
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
1.27
2.50
3.49
6.03
11.00
18.00
29.00
RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
800
1,575
2,200
3,800
6,930
11,340
18,270
PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
1,600
3,150
4,400
7,600
13,860
22,680
36,540
MAX
RADIAL
LOAD-(lbs.)
34
56
125
183
275
400
600
WEIGHT (lbs.)
AT
ADD/ (in.)
D = 20”
OF D
5.37
0.10
6.65
0.10
11.0
0.21
14.7
0.20
19.7
0.29
34.7
0.40
51.6
0.46
WR2-(lb. in.2)
AT MIN
ADD/ (in.)
D = 20”
OF D
3.30
0.07
5.72
0.07
11.0
0.22
24.9
0.29
52.4
0.56
106
1.32
211
1.95
TORS. STIFFNESS
106 (lb. in./rad)
K factor
Y factor
0.26
2.81
0.28
2.81
0.56
8.77
0.91
12.0
1.52
22.7
3.03
53.9
5.26
79.3
FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.020
0.021
0.027
0.030
0.032
0.042
0.050
NOTES:
F5–27
FLOATING SHAFT – B5 SERIES
The B5 series is used for spacer lengths that are longer than can be spanned economically with standard
spacer couplings. The B5 has a welded tubular spacer assembly along with two hubs and standard
hardware, including stainless steel flex discs. The B5 is made-to-order to any custom spacer length.
B5 series standard pricing is listed at D dimensions up to 36 inches and D dimensions between 36 inches
and max D at 1800 RPM motor speed.
Consult factory for vertical modifications and semi-floating designs.
HUB TYPES SIZES
BH
33-78
SEE PAGE F5–9
MATERIAL
CLASSES
CLASS SIZE
A
33-78
B
33-78
C
38-63
E
N/A
SEE PAGE F5–4
ORDERING: B5 Series couplings are sold as complete assemblies. Please specify hub
SIZE
33
38
43
48
53
58
63
68
SIZE
33
38
43
48
53
58
63
68
MAX
BORE
2.25
3.00
3.25
3.75
3.88
4.25
4.88
5.00
A
Dmin
F
4.69
5.87
6.70
7.50
7.87
9.00
10.00
10.75
4.25
6.00
7.00
7.50
7.50
7.50
7.50
8.00
1.75
2.25
2.50
2.75
2.88
3.25
3.38
3.75
HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
4.84
10.08
19.84
26.98
38.10
53.97
76.19
114.29
RATED TORQUE
LB*IN
(in. lbs.)
3,050
6,350
12,500
17,000
24,000
34,000
48,000
72,000
PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(in. lbs.)
6,100
12,700
25,000
34,000
48,000
68,000
96,000
144,000
G
0.285
0.335
0.465
0.495
0.520
0.555
0.600
0.849
H
3.14
4.13
4.63
5.40
5.65
6.22
7.14
7.33
WEIGHT (lbs.)
AT
ADD PER
D = 20”
in. OF D
14.4
0.20
29.1
0.39
41.0
0.44
60.0
0.52
67.4
0.52
85.5
0.63
108
0.63
140
1.15
1800
79
97
103
113
113
123
123
130
MAX DBSE (D INCHES)
FOR RPM SHOWN
1500
1200
900
87
97
112
107
119
137
113
126
146
125
139
160
125
139
160
136
151
170
136
151
170
142
159
183
WR2-(lb. in.2)
AT
ADD PER
D = 20”
in. OF D
32.7
0.29
113
1.28
210
1.88
402
3.10
494
3.10
874
5.43
1340
5.43
1940
13.37
NOTES:
F5–28
750
122
150
160
175
175
186
186
201
TORS. STIFFNESS
x106 (in. lbs./rad)
K factor
Y factor
0.48
12.0
1.77
51.9
2.89
76.4
4.57
126
5.52
126
8.44
220
9.52
220
19.9
543
600
137
168
178
196
196
208
208
225
FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.060
0.084
0.090
0.108
0.108
0.118
0.140
0.144
FLOATING SHAFT – HFTH SERIES
The HFTH series is designed for heavy duty applications that cannot use the A5 or B5 series. These
include high torque and engine driven applications. The HFTH uses a welded tubular spacer assembly.
Flex discs are high strength alloy steel. Stainless steel flex discs are optional. Dynamic balancing of the
spacer assembly is included. The HFTH is made-to-order to any custom spacer length. Large tube
designs are also available.
Consult factory for vertical modifications, and semi-floating designs or flywheel mounting.
ORDERING: HFTH Series couplings
are sold as complete assemblies.
Please specify hub speed for dynamic
balancing. A coupling will be
configured to meet your specification.
HUB TYPES SIZES
STL.
35-160
SEE PAGE F5–9
SIZE
35
37
42
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
85
92
105
160
SIZE
35
37
42
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
85
92
105
160
MAX BORE
STEEL
4.00
4.50
4.75
5.13
5.50
6.25
7.12
7.87
8.75
9.12
9.62
11.00
12.00
17.00
HP PER
100 RPM
1.0 S.F
76.12
107.8
146.7
157.0
260.1
396.5
586.8
840.5
1142
1507
1903
2062
2855
3806
A
Dmin
F
9.12
10.06
11.00
11.87
13.43
15.00
16.75
18.93
20.62
22.37
25.75
25.75
29.25
33.50
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
20.0
3.75
4.00
4.25
4.50
5.00
5.50
6.25
7.00
7.25
7.75
8.25
9.00
10.50
12.00
RATED TORQUE
(lb. in.)
48,000
68,000
92,500
99,000
164,000
250,000
370,000
530,000
720,000
950,000
1,200,000
1,300,000
1,800,000
2,400,000
PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(lb. in.)
96,000
136,000
185,000
198,000
328,000
500,000
740,000
1,060,000
1,440,000
1,900,000
2,400,000
2,600,000
3,600,000
4,800,000
G
0.66
0.81
0.81
0.87
1.06
1.25
1.34
1.50
1.55
1.56
1.62
1.75
1.75
2.25
H
6.12
6.50
7.00
7.43
8.37
9.50
10.50
11.75
13.00
13.75
14.50
15.87
20.00
24.00
WEIGHT (lbs.) (1)
AT
ADD PER
D = 20”
in. OF D
111
0.81
120
0.97
186
1.14
201
1.14
311
1.31
374
1.95
556
3.21
769
3.21
948
4.13
1260
4.13
1800
114
121
128
130
139
145
153
161
172
182
MAX DBSE (D INCHES)
FOR RPM SHOWN
1500
1200
900
750
124
139
161
176
132
148
172
187
140
157
182
198
143
160
185
201
153
171
197
215
159
178
206
224
168
188
217
237
176
197
228
250
189
211
244
267
199
222
257
282
600
197
210
222
226
242
252
266
279
299
315
CONSULT TB WOOD’S
WR2-(lb. in.2) (1)
AT
ADD PER
D = 20”
in. OF D
1,040
5
1,406
8.2
2,520
13
3,370
13
6,430
20
10,100
37
18,600
75
33,000
75
49,000
158
78,900
158
TORS. STIFFNESS (1)
x106 (lb. in./rad) (2)
K factor
Y factor
9
190
15
333
21
537
23
537
38
810
67
1,510
110
3,020
134
3,020
252
6,430
265
6,430
CONSULT TB WOOD’S
FREE END
FLOAT
+/- inch
0.056
.062
0.067
0.072
0.082
0.092
0.102
0.115
0.125
0.136
0.140
0.166
0.170
0.250
NOTES:
F5–29
TRUE TUBE ™ COMPOSITE TORQUE TUBES
True-Tube composite tubes are high-strength, lightweight torque tubes for long span drive shafts. These
tubes are filament wound carbon or glass fiber construction in an oven cured epoxy matrix. True-Tube
composites offer the following advantages over steel tubing.
LONGER SPANS
TrueTube composite tubes have a higher stiffness to weight ratio than steel tubing. That
increases the critical speed of the tubing and allows longer spans without center bearings.
LIGHT WEIGHT
TrueTube drive shafts weigh up to 80% less than equivalent steel driveshafts. That
means better balance and reduced vibration. Bearing life may be improved by
minimizing overhung weight.
DESIGN FLEXIBILITY
TrueTube composite tubes may be custom designed to meet your requirements for
torsional stiffness, critical speed or torque capacity. With TrueTube, a designer can tune
torsional or lateral critical speeds out of a machine system.
All TrueTube products include an ultraviolet barrier that is wound into the structure of the tube before
it is cured. This UV barrier eliminates the need for paints or other protective coatings and results in a
smooth, durable finish that other composite tubes don’t offer. TrueTube products are cured in an enclosed
oven to assure consistent strength and quality. Design data is shown below for standard series tubes.
Standard series tubes are designed for maximum length at moderate torques. High torque designs are also
available.
MODEL
NUMBER
TUBE
I.D.
INCHES
TUBE
O.D.
INCHES
SLEEVE
O.D.
INCHES
SL2.0
SL3.0
SL4.0
SL6.0
SL8.0
SL10.0
SL12.0
2.00
3.00
4.00
6.00
8.00
10.00
12.00
2.30
3.25
4.23
6.25
8.25
10.25
12.25
2.40
3.50
4.50
6.63
8.63
10.75
12.75
SS2.0
SS3.0
SS4.0
SS6.0
SS8.0
SS10.0
SS12.0
2.00
3.00
4.00
6.00
8.00
10.00
12.00
2.30
3.25
4.23
6.25
8.25
10.25
12.25
2.40
3.50
4.50
6.63
8.63
10.75
12.75
LS2.0
LS3.0
LS4.0
LS6.0
LS8.0
LS10.0
LS12.0
2.00
3.00
4.00
6.00
8.00
10.00
12.00
2.30
3.25
4.23
6.25
8.25
10.25
12.25
2.40
3.50
4.50
6.63
8.63
10.75
12.75
RATED
TUBE
TORSIONAL
TORQUE
WEIGHT
STIFFNESS
LB*IN
(lb./in.)
x106 LB*IN/RAD
SERIES SL – ALL CARBON CONSTRUCTION
6,500
0.05
1.26
12,000
0.08
3.61
22,000
0.11
8.60
42,000
0.20
34.4
63,000
0.24
80.2
80,000
0.32
155
100,000
0.38
258
SERIES SS – CARBON/GLASS CONSTRUCTION
5,500
0.06
0.97
10,500
0.08
2.86
22,000
0.12
7.28
42,000
0.20
26.4
58,000
0.28
57.3
73,000
0.34
115
88,000
0.42
206
SERIES LS – ALL GLASS CONSTRUCTION
5,000
0.07
0.75
10,000
0.09
2.06
18,000
0.14
5.04
39,000
0.23
18.9
51,000
0.30
43.0
64,000
0.37
86.0
77,000
0.46
149
NOTES: 1) TORQUE RATINGS ARE AT 100% HUMIDITY AND 200 DEG. F.
2) MAX RPM VALUES SHOWN ARE CALCULATED AT 75% OF FIRST CRITICAL SPEED.
3) TORSIONAL STIFFNESS SHOWN IS PER INCH OF TUBE LENGTH.
ACTUAL STIFFNESS = TORSIONAL STIFFNESS/TUBE LENGTH (IN.)
F5–30
2000
RPM
MAX DBSE – INCHES
1800
1500
1000
RPM
RPM
RPM
MAX TUBE
LENGTH
INCHES
90
110
127
152
180
199
215
95
116
134
160
190
210
227
104
127
147
175
208
230
249
127
155
180
214
255
281
304
82
128
145
177
192
232
232
79
97
112
135
151
173
189
83
102
118
142
160
183
199
91
112
129
155
176
200
218
111
137
158
190
216
245
267
82
128
145
177
192
232
232
66
80
93
110
128
142
155
70
84
98
116
135
150
163
77
92
107
127
148
164
178
94
113
131
155
181
201
218
82
128
145
177
192
232
232
FORM-FLEX® COMPOSITE FLOATING
SHAFT COUPLINGS
Form-Flex flexible couplings may be
mated to TrueTube composite tubes
for use as long floating shaft
couplings. All types and most sizes of
Form-Flex couplings can be mated to
TrueTube composites. Common
combinations are shown below.
RATED
COUPLING TORQUE
TYPE
LB IN
MAXIMUM DBSE-INCHES
HP PER
100 RPM
COUPLING
PRODUCT NO.
MAX
A520-CS2G
A520-CS2R
A525-CS2G
A525-CS2R
A530-CS3R
A530-CS3B
A535-CS4R
A535-CS4B
A535-CS6R
A535-CS6B
A535-CS8R
A535-CS8B
A540-CS4R
A540-CS4B
B558-CS6R
B558-CS6B
B558-CS6X
B558-CS8R
B558-CS8B
B558-CS10R**
B558-CS10B**
83
83
83
83
128
128
146
146
179
179
196
196
146
146
179
179
182
196
196
236
236
A520
2,200
3.49
A525
3,800
6.03
A530
6,930
11.00
A535
11,340
18.00
A540
18,270
29.00
B558
34,000
54.00
1800
RPM
1500
RPM
70
83
70
83
102
116
118
134
142
160
175
190
118
134
142
160
165
175
190
206
210
77
83*
77
83*
112
127
129
146*
155
175
191
207*
129
146*
155
175
181
191
207
224
230
MAXIMUM BORE
A
F
G
H
J
2.125
4.08
1.32
0.34
2.40
2.000
2.375
4.95
1.62
0.45
2.80
2.375
2.875
5.63
1.88
0.47
3.30
2.875
3.750
6.63
2.25
0.55
4.15
3.250
4.000
7.63
2.50
0.60
4.65
3.75
–
9.00
2.75
0.56
5.43
2.30
2.30
2.30
2.30
3.25
3.25
4.25
4.25
6.30
6.30
8.31
8.31
4.25
4.25
6.30
6.30
6.30
8.31
8.31
10.31
10.31
STD HUB
AZ HUB
1.625
COMPOSITE TUBE
CONSTRUCTION
QUICK SELECTION GUIDE FOR
COOLING TOWER APPLICATIONS
1800 RPM
DBSE
MAX HP
70”
30
50
50
83”
30
50
50
102”
100
116”
100
118”
150
250
134”
150
250
142”
150
400
160”
150
400
165”
400
175”
150
400
190”
150
400
206”
400
210”
400
227”
400
COUPLING
MODEL
A520-CS2G
HD4-CS2G***
A525-CS2G
A525-CS2R
HD4-CS2R***
A525-CS2R
A530-CS3R
A530-CS3B
A535-CS4R
A540-CS4R
A535-CS4B
A540-CS4B
A535-CS6R
B558-CS6R
A535-CS6B
B558-CS6B
B558-CS6X
A535-CS8R
B558-CS8R
A535-CS8B
B558-CS8B
B558-CS10R
B558-CS10B
B558-CS12B
1500 RPM
MAX HP
DBSE
25
77”
42
42
25
83”*
42
42
83
112”
83
127”
125
129”
208
125
146”*
208
125
155”
333
125
175”
333
333
181”
125
191”
333
125
207”
333
333
224”
333
230”
333
236”*
ALL SELECTIONS USE A 2.0 SERVICE FACTOR
MODEL
CODE
TUBE MATERIAL
OF CONSTRUCTION
G
R
B
X,Z
GLASS
CARBON/GLASS HYBRID
STANDARD CARBON
HIGH MODULUS CARBON
THE MODEL CODE IS THE LAST LETTER IN THE COUPLING MODEL
NUMBER. THE NUMBER xx IN THE TUBE MODEL NUMBER CSxxB
DENOTES THE NOMINAL TUBE ID.
MATERIAL
CLASS
A
B
C
E
HUB
STEEL
STEEL
ZINC PLT
304SS
MATERIAL USED
HARDWARE
SPACER FLANGES
STEEL
COMPOSITE OR STEEL
STEEL, ZINC PLT
COMPOSITE OR
304SS
ZINC PLATED STEEL
304SS
COMPOSITE OR 304SS
METAL SPACER FLANGES USED IF COMPOSITE IS NOT AVAILABLE.
NOTES
* LENGTH IS RESTRICTED BY AVAILABLE MANDRELS FOR
WINDING COMPOSITE TUBES. CONSULT FACTORY FOR LONGER
LENGTHS.
** TUBE DIAMETER IS LARGER THAN COUPLING “A” DIAMETER.
CONSULT FACTORY FOR COUPLING DRAWING.
*** HD4-CS COUPLINGS ARE AN ALL COMPOSITE, HIGH
MISALIGNMENT COUPLING. CONSULT PAGE F4-3 IN THE HD
ELASTOMERIC SECTION OF THIS CATALOG FOR DETAILS.
F5–31
M SERIES – 4 BOLT MICRO COUPLINGS
Form-Flex M series microcouplings are a more compact and lighter design than traditional A Series couplings. They
are free from backlash and their high torsional stiffness makes them ideally suited for small servo and tachometer
drives. Aluminum hub construction meets low inertia requirements while the bolted assembly provides superior life
when compared to riveted types.
STYLE MA
STYLE MB
This coupling style is available
in size 04 only. It features a
machined spool type spacer.
Custom length spacers are
also available.
This coupling style features a
minimum length block spacer.
Standard flanged hubs are
supplied with the coupling.
Style MB is a good, general
use coupling.
STYLE
STYLE MC
RATED
TORQUE
STD SET
SCREW SIZE (in. lbs.)
This style features the MB
style minimum length spacer
and an oversize bore capacity.
The style MC provides the
shortest overall coupling
length.
PEAK O/L
TORQUE
(in. lbs.)
WR2
OZ. (in.2)
TORSIONAL
STIFFNESS
(in. lbs./rad)
87
174
6.11
64.7X10^3
1.5
0.60
M4X0.7
M4X0.7
M6X1.0
17
35
87
34
70
174
0.29
1.33
4.99
2.9X10^3
14.9X10^3
64.7X10^3
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.40
0.50
0.60
M3X0.5
M4X0.7
M4X0.7
9
17
35
18
34
70
0.17
0.35
1.34
2.4X10^3
2.9X10^3
14.9X10^3
1.5
1.5
1.5
0.25
0.40
0.50
A
B
D
DBSE
F
H
SIZE
MAX
BORE
04
0.79
2.24
2.93
1.36
0.79
1.22
M6X1.0
02
03
04
0.38
0.63
0.79
1.26
1.65
2.24
1.39
1.80
2.38
0.45
0.54
0.81
0.47
0.63
0.79
0.71
1.02
1.22
01
02
03
0.38
0.59
0.79
1.02
1.26
1.65
1.08
1.53
1.53
0.45
0.45
0.54
0.32
0.32
0.50
–
–
–
RATED
FREE END
MISALIGNMENT
FLOAT
deg/disc
(in.)
MA
MB
MC
NOTE: STYLE MBO4 COUPLING HUBS WILL HAVE ROUND FLANGES AS SHOWN FOR TYPE MA.
F5-32
INDIVIDUAL PARTS & KITS
Repair kits consist of flex discs and all the necessary installation hardware. SINGLE REPAIR KITS have one set of
flex discs and all required hardware. Two single repair kits are required for a double flexing coupling. DOUBLE
REPAIR KITS have two sets of flex discs and all required hardware. HARDWARE KITS have all the components of a
repair kit except the flex discs. FLEX DISCS are also sold individually.
A SERIES (4 BOLT) COUPLING PARTS
KIT TYPE
SGL/DBL
USED ON
MAT’L CLASS
REPAIR
A,B
05
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
A05RKA
A10RKA
A15RKA
A20RKA
A25RKA
A30RKA
A35RKA
A40RKA
A45RKA
HARDWARE
SINGLE
AA, AK, AP, AR, A5, A7
C,E
A,B
...
...
A15RKE
A20RKE
A25RKE
A30RKE
A35RKE
A40RKE
A45RKE
REPAIR
HDWR
DOUBLE
AX
A05HKA
A10HKA
A10HKA
A20HKA
A25HKA
A30HKA
A35HKA
A10HKA
A45HKA
B SERIES (6 BOLT) COUPLING PARTS
REPAIR
C,E
A,B
A,B
...
...
A15HKE
A20HKE
A25HKE
A30HKE
A35HKE
A15HKE
A45HKE
AX05RKA
AX10RKA
AX15RKA
AX20RKA
AX25RKA
AX30RKA
AX35RKA
AX40RKA
AX45RKA
AX05HKA
AX10HKA
AX15HKA
AX20HKA
AX25HKA
AX30HKA
AX35HKA
AX40HKA
AX45HKA
REPAIR
HDWR
REPAIR
HDWR
DOUBLE
AY
A,B
A,B
AY05RKA
AY10RKA
AY15RKA
AY20RKA
AY25RKA
...
...
...
...
AY05HKA
AY10HKA
AY15HKA
AY20HKA
AY25HKA
...
...
...
...
A0054101
A0104101
A0154101
A0204101
A0254101
A0304101
A0354101
A0404101
A0454101
(EXCEPT BA)
KIT TYPE
SGL/DBL
USED ON
MAT’L CLASS
HARDWARE
A,B
C
A,B
C
A,B
A,B
15
20
33
38
43
48
53
58
63
68
73
78
...
...
B033RKA
B038RKA
B043RKA
B048RKA
B053RKA
B058RKA
B063RKA
B068RKA
...
...
...
...
...
B038RKE
B043RKE
B048RKE
B053RKE
B058RKE
B063RKE
...
...
...
...
...
B033HKA
B038HKA
B043HKA
B048HKA
B053HKA
B058HKA
B063HKA
B068HKA
...
...
...
...
...
B038HKE
B043HKE
B048HKE
B053HKE
B058HKE
B063HKE
...
...
...
BF15RKA
BF20RKA
BF33RKA
BF38RKA
BF43RKA
BF48RKA
BF53RKA
BF58RKA
BF63RKA
BF68RKA
BF73RKA
BF78RKA
BF15HKA
BF20HKA
BF33HKA
BF38HKA
BF43HKA
BF48HKA
BF53HKA
BF58HKA
BF63HKA
BF68HKA
...
...
...
...
BY33RKA
BY38RKA
BY43RKA
BY48RKA
BY53RKA
BY58RKA
BY63RKA
BY68RKA
...
...
...
...
BY33HKA
BY38HKA
BY43HKA
BY48HKA
BY53HKA
BY58HKA
BY63HKA
BY68HKA
...
...
BOLT
WASHER
NUT
D22-6H
D26-6H
D31-6H
D35-6H
D37-6H
D42-6H4*
D45-6H4*
D50-6H4*
D55-6H4*
D60-6H4*
D70-6H
D75-6H4*
D80-6H4*
D85-6H
D92-6H
D22-7
D26-7
D31-7
D35-7
D37-7
D42-7
D45-7
D50-7
D55-7
D60-7
D70-7
D75-74*
D80-7
D85-7
D92-7
D22-6N
D26-6N
D31-6N
D35-6N
D37-6N
D42-6N
D45-6N
D50-6N
D55-6N
D60-6N
D70-6N
D75-6N4*
D80-6N
D85-6N
D92-6N
SINGLE
BH, BP, B5
8 BOLT COUPLING PARTS
FLEX
DISC
ALL
ALL
SINGLE
BF
REPAIR
HDWR
DOUBLE
BY
A,B
A,B
FLEX
DISC
ALL
ALL
A0154101
A0204101
B0334101
B0384101
B0434101
B0484101
B0534101
B0584101
B0634101
B0684101
...
...
(EXCEPT DA AND DP)
HH, HSH, FSH, HFTH
CPLG
SIZE
22
26
31
35
37
42
45
50
55
60
70
75
80
85
92
DOUBLE REPAIR KIT
STD DISC
SS DISC
D22-DF
D26-DF
D31-DF
D35-DF
D37-DF
D42-DF4*
D45-DF4*
D50-DF4*
D55-DF4*
D60-DF4*
D70-DF
D75-DF4*
D80-DF4*
D85-DF
D92-DF
D22-DF-SS
D26-DF-SS
D31-DF-SS
D35-DF-SS
D37-DF-SS
D42-DF4-SS*
D45-DF4-SS*
D50-DF4-SS*
D55-DF4-SS*
D60-DF4-SS*
D70-DF-SS
D75-DF4-SS*
D80-DF4-SS*
D85-DF-SS
D92-DF-SS
SINGLE
HDWR
KIT
D22-BNW
D26-BNW
D31-BNW
D35-BNW
D37-BNW
D42-BNW4*
D45-BNW4*
D50-BNW4*
D55-BNW4*
D60-BNW4*
D70-BNW
D75-BNW4*
D80-BNW4*
D85-BNW
D92-BNW
FLEX DISC
STD
SS
D22-5
D26-5
D31-5
D35-5
D37-5
D42-5
D45-5
D50-5
D55-5
D60-5
D70-5
D75-5
D80-5
D85-5
D92-5
D22-5-SS
D26-5-SS
D31-5-SS
D35-5-SS
D37-5-SS
D42-5-SS
D45-5-SS
D50-5-SS
D55-5-SS
D60-5-SS
D70-5-SS
D75-5-SS
D80-5-SS
D85-5-SS
D92-5-SS
*ITEMS MARKED * HAVE NEW STYLE BOLTS. BOLT HEAD HEX MAY NOT FIT FSH TYPE FLYWHEEL ADAPTERS MANUFACTURED IN 1994 OR EARLIER. TO
RECEIVE OLD STYLE BOLTS, DELETE THE “4” FROM THESE PART NUMBERS.
F5-33
COOLING TOWER COUPLINGS
The traditional A5 design features all metal
construction. It can be ordered to meet any custom
spacer length. A wide variety of materials and
finishes is available.
Designed specifically as a connection for cooling
tower applications and other drives requiring long
shaft spans. Form-Flex couplings with TrueTube
composite tubing weigh less than half of its steel
counterpart and can span shaft separations of up to
240 inches. They are easy to handle, install and
maintain. TrueTube composites are extremely
corrosion resistant and are custom designed to
provide the optimum combination of torsional
strength and lateral stiffness for cooling tower drive
applications. TB Wood’s proprietary composite
flange design transmits torque reliably from the
metal outboard hubs to the composite flange and
into the TrueTube composite tube.
HD elastomeric couplings and TrueTube composites
are combined into a high misalignment, all
composite coupling. These couplings are easy to
install and align. Their high misalignment capacity
makes them ideal for smaller, wood framed and
fiberglass towers.
F5–34
SECTION
F6
GEAR
COUPLINGS
• High Torque Capacity
• Torsionally Stiff
• Good Inherent Balance
• Rated for Higher Speeds
• Many Types and Configurations
F6–1
INDEX
Selection
Selection Process...................................................
Service Factor Table ...............................................
Standard Bore Tolerances ......................................
C Series
Continuous Sleeve Gear Coupling ..........................
F Series
Full Flex ..................................................................
Flex Rigid ...............................................................
Floating Shaft .........................................................
Flange Details.........................................................
Short Slide .............................................................
Mill Motor ..............................................................
Limited End Float ...................................................
Vertical Type...........................................................
Stock Spacers, F, MXB, or K100 Series..................
Deck-Flex and Deck-Flex Mite .......................................
F6-2
F6-3
F6-4
F6-5
F6-6
F6-7
F6-7
F6-8
F6-9
F6-10
F6-11
F6-12
F6-13
F6-14
Ordering
Standard gear coupling product is sold by component
See examples on individual pages
GEAR COUPLING SELECTION
Calculate Design Horsepower or Design Torque
• If HP and RPM are Known, Calculate Design HP@100 RPM
Design HP@100 RPM=(Prime mover HP x Service Factor x 100) divided by the Coupling RPM
Refer to the HP@100 RPM rating for the coupling style desired. Select the coupling equal to or greater than the
calculated design HP@100 RPM. Check the maximum bore capabilities to be sure the size coupling you have
chosen is capable of your largest bore.
• If Using Prime Mover Torque, Calculate Design Torque
Refer to torque rating in the coupling style desired. Select the coupling equal to or greater than the calculated
design torque. Check the maximum bore capabilities to be sure the size coupling you have chosen is capable of
your largest bore.
The above selection can be used for all series of industrial gear couplings, however, the Deck-Flex and
Deck-Flex Mite couplings have their own calculations.
F6–2
GEAR COUPLING SELECTION
Service Factor Table
AGITATORS
Pure Liquids
1.00
Liquids and Solids
1.25
Liquids - Variable Density
1.25
BLOWERS
Centrifugal
1.00
Lobe
1.50
Vane
1.25
BREWING AND DISTILLING
Bottling Machinery
1.00
Lauter Tub
1.25
BRIQUETTER MACHINES
2.00
CAN FILLING MACHINES
1.00
CAN KNIVES
2.00
CAR DUMPERS
2.50
CAR PULLERS - Int. Duty
1.50
CLAY WORKING MACHINERY
1.75
COMPRESSORS
Centrifugal
1.25
Lobe
1.50
Reciprocating - Mult. Cyn.
2.00
CONVEYORS - UNIFORM LOAD
Apron
1.25
Assembly
1.00
Belt
1.00
Bucket
1.25
Chain
1.25
Flight
1.25
Oven
1.50
Screw
1.25
CONVEYORS - NON-UNIFORM LOAD
Apron
1.50
Assembly
1.25
Belt
1.25
Bucket
1.50
Chain
1.50
Flight
1.50
Oven
1.50
Reciprocating
2.50
Screw
1.50
Shaker
2.50
CRANES AND HOISTS
Main Cranes
2.00
Reversing
2.00
Skip Hoists
1.75
Trolly Drive
1.75
Bridge Drive
1.75
Slope
1.50
CRUSHERS
Ore
2.75
Stone
2.75
DREDGES
Cable Reels
1.75
Conveyors
1.50
Cutter Head Drives
2.25
Jig Drives
2.25
Maneuvering Winches
1.75
Pumps
1.75
Screen Drives
1.75
Stracers
1.75
Utility Wenches
1.50
ELEVATORS
Bucket
1.75
Centrifugal Discharge
1.50
Escalators
1.25
Freight
A26 Gravity Discharge
FANS
Centrifugal
Cooling Towers Forced Draft
Induced Draft w/o Damper Control
FEEDERS
Apron
Belt
Disc
Reciprocating
Screw
FOOD INDUSTRY
Beet Slicer
Cereal Cooker
Dough Mixer
Meat Grinder
Bottling, Can Filling Machine
GENERATORS - Not Welding
HAMMER MILLS
LAUNDRY WASHERS - Reversing
LAUNDRY TUMBLERS
LUMBER INDUSTRY
Barkers - Drum Type
Edger Feeder
Live Rolls
Log Haul - Incline
Log Haul - Well Type
Off Bearing Rolls
Planer Feed Chains
Planer Floor Chains
Planer Tilting Hoist
Slab Conveyor
Sorting Table
Trimmer Feed
MACHINE TOOLS
Bending Roll
Plate Planer
Punch Press - Gear Driven
Tapping Machine
Other Machine Tools - Main Drive
Other Machine Tools - Aux. Drive
METAL MILLS
Draw Bench - Carriage
Draw Bench - Main Drive
Forming Machines
Slitters
Table Conveyors - Non-Reversing
Table Conveyors - Reversing
Wire Drawing & Flattening Mach.
Wire Winding Machine
MILLS, ROTARY TYPES
Ball
Cement Kilns
Dryers & Coolers
Kilns
Pebble
Rod
Tumbling Barrels
MIXERS
Concrete Mixers
Drum Type
OIL INDUSTRY
Chillers
Oil Well Pumping
2.00
1.50
1.00
2.00
2.00
1.25
1.25
1.25
2.50
1.25
1.75
1.25
1.75
1.75
1.00
1.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
1.75
1.75
1.75
1.50
1.50
1.75
2.00
1.50
2.00
2.50
1.50
1.25
2.00
2.00
2.00
1.50
2.25
2.50
2.00
1.75
2.25
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00
1.75
1.50
1.25
2.00
Parafin Filter Press
Rotary Kiln
PAPER MILLS
Barker Auxiliaries, Hydraulic
Barker, Mechanical
Barking Drum - Spur Gear Only
Beater & Pulper
Bleacher
Calenders
Convert Mach. exc Cutter, Platers
Couch
Cutters, Platers
Cylinders
Dryers
Felt Stretcher
Felt Whipper
Jordans
Log Haul
Presses
Reel
Stock Chests
Suction Roll
Washer & Thickeners
Winders
PRINTING PRESSES
PULLERS - Barge Haul
PUMPS
Centrifugal
Reciprocating - Dbl. Action
Reciprocating - Sgl. “ 1,2 Cyl.
Reciprocating - Sgl. “ 3+ Cyl.
Rotary - Gear, Lobe, Vane
RUBBER INDUSTRY
Mixer - Banbury
Rubber Calender
Rubber mill - 2 or more
Sheeter
Tire Building Machines
Tire & Tube Press Openers
Tubers and Strainers
SCREENS
Air Washing
Rotary - Stone or Gravel
Traveling Water Intake
SEWAGE DISPOSAL EQUIPMENT
Bar Screens
Chemical Feeders
Collectors Circuline
Collectors Straightline
Dewatering Screens
Grit Collectors
Scum Breakers
Slow or Rapid Mixers
Sludge Collectors
Thickeners
Vacuum Filters
STEERING GEAR
STOKERS
TEXTILE INDUSTRY
Batchers
Calenders
Card Machines
Cloth Finishing
Dry Cans
Dryers
1.75
2.00
2.00
2.00
2.25
1.75
1.00
2.00
1.50
1.75
2.00
1.75
1.75
1.25
2.00
1.75
2.00
2.00
1.50
1.50
1.75
1.50
1.50
1.50
2.00
1.00
2.00
2.25
1.75
1.50
2.50
2.00
2.25
2.00
2.50
1.00
2.00
1.00
1.50
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.00
1.00
1.25
1.75
1.50
1.50
1.75
1.50
Above service factors recommended when using electric motors, hydraulic motors, etc.
Add 1.0 to Service Factor shown for internal combustion engines, etc.
F6–3
STANDARD BORE TOLERANCES
With the exception of Deck-Flex and Deck-Flex Mite, interference fit will be provided unless specified at
time of order.
Extracted from ANSI/AGMA 9002-A86, Bores and Keyways for Flexible Couplings, with permission of the
publisher, The American Gear Manufacturers Association, 1500 King Street, Suite 210, Alexandria,
Virginia, 23314.
Table 1 – Shaft to Hub Fits and Nominal Keyway Sizes (Inches)
Clearance Fits
Nominal
Bore Range(1)
Interference Fits
Class I
Nominal Keyway Dimensions(3)
Class II
Square
Over
To
(Incl.)
Shaft
Tol.(2)
(Minus)
Bore
Tol.
(Plus)
Fit
Tol.
(Plus)
Bore
Tol.
(Plus)
Fit
Tol.
(Plus)
0.4375
0.5625
0.8750
1.2500
1.3750
0.5625
0.8750
1.2500
1.3750
1.5000
0.0005
0.0005
0.0005
0.0005
0.0005
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0015
0.0015
0.0015
0.0015
0.0015
0.0020
0.0020
0.0020
0.0020
0.0020
0.0025
0.0025
0.0025
0.0025
0.0025
0.0005
0.0005
0.0005
0.0005
0.0005
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
1.5000
1.7500
2.0000
2.2500
1.7500
2.0000
2.2500
2.7500
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0015
0.0015
0.0020
0.0020
0.0025
0.0025
0.0020
0.0020
0.0020
0.0020
0.0030
0.0030
0.0030
0.0030
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0020
0.0020
0.0020
0.0020
2.7500
3.0000
3.2500
3.7500
3.0000
3.2500
3.7500
4.0000
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0015
0.0015
0.0015
0.0015
0.0025
0.0025
0.0025
0.0025
0.0020
0.0030
0.0030
0.0030
0.0030
0.0040
0.0040
0.0040
0.0010
0.0015
0.0015
0.0015
4.0000
4.5000
5.0000
5.5000
4.5000
5.0000
5.5000
6.5000
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0015
0.0015
0.0015
0.0015
0.0025
0.0025
0.0025
0.0025
0.0040
0.0040
0.0040
0.0040
0.0050
0.0050
0.0050
0.0050
6.5000
7.0000
7.5000
8.0000
7.0000
7.5000
8.0000
9.0000
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
Bore Tolerance
Range
(Minus)
Fit Tolerance
Range
(Minus)
Rectangular
Width
Depth
Width
Depth
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.0010
0.1250
0.1875
0.2500
0.3125
0.3750
0.0625
0.0937
0.1250
0.1562
0.1875
0.1250
0.1875
0.2500
0.3125
0.3750
0.0468
0.0625
0.0937
0.1250
0.1250
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0000
0.0020
0.0020
0.0020
0.0020
0.3750
0.5000
0.5000
0.6250
0.1875
0.2500
0.2500
0.3125
0.3750
0.5000
0.5000
0.6250
0.1250
0.1875
0.1875
0.2187
0.0020
0.0030
0.0030
0.0030
0.0000
0.0005
0.0005
0.0005
0.0020
0.0030
0.0030
0.0030
0.7500
0.7500
0.8750
1.0000
0.3750
0.3750
0.4375
0.5000
0.7500
0.7500
0.8750
1.0000
0.2500
0.2500
0.3125
0.3750
0.0020
0.0020
0.0025
0.0025
0.0035
0.0035
0.0040
0.0040
0.0010
0.0010
0.0015
0.0015
0.0035
0.0035
0.0040
0.0040
1.0000
1.2500
1.2500
1.5000
0.5000
0.6250
0.6250
0.7500
1.0000
1.2500
1.2500
1.5000
0.3750
0.4375
0.4375
0.5000
0.0025
0.0030
0.0030
0.0035
0.0040
0.0050
0.0050
0.0055
0.0015
0.0020
0.0020
0.0025
0.0040
0.0050
0.0050
0.0055
1.7500
1.7500
2.0000
2.0000
0.8750
0.8750
1.0000
1.0000
1.7500
1.7500
2.0000
2.0000
0.7500
0.7500
0.7500
0.7500
(1) Preferred Nominal Shaft Sizes:
0.500, 0.625, 0.750, 0.875, 0.9375, 1.000, 1.125, 1.1875, 1.250, 1.375, 1.4375, 1.500, 1.625, 1.750, 1.875, 1.9375, 2.000, 2.125, 2.250, 2.375, 2.4375, 2.500,
2.625, 2.750, 2.875, 2.9375, 3.000, 3.250, 3.375, 3.500, 3.625, 3.750, 4.000, 4.250, 4.500, 4.750, 5.000, 5.250, 5.500, 5.750, 6.000, 6.250, 6.500, 6.750, 7.000
(2) Agrees with NEMA standard MG 1-4.05, June 1981, thru 6.5000
(3) Non-shaded areas are preferred.
Examples of Tolerancing Bores and Shafts:
2” Nominal bore – Class I Clearance Fit
Bore Size
–
2.000 to 2.001
Shaft Size
–
2.000 to 1.999
____________
Resulting Fit
Loose 0.000 to 0.002
F6–4
2” Nominal bore – Class 2 Clearance Fit
Bore Size
–
2.000 to 2.002
Shaft Size
–
2.000 to 1.999
____________
2” Nominal bore – Interference Fit
Shaft Size
–
Bore Size
–
Resulting Fit
Resulting Fit
Loose 0.000 to 0.003
2.000 to 1.999
1.998 to 1.999
____________
Tight 0.002 to 0.000
C SERIES CONTINUOUS SLEEVE GEAR
COUPLING
Two HubsOne SleeveHigh quality carbon steel
One Accessory Kit This contains
two BUNA N seals
and two retaining rings.
Puller holes are optional
Setscrews are optional.
Flex-Rigid
Single Engagement (CFR)
Standard Full Flex
Double Engagement (C)
STANDARD DIMENSIONS
Size
7/8
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
5
6
7
9
11
12
A
3.31
3.75
4.75
5.50
6.62
7.50
8.75
9.50
10.75
12.25
14.00
16.25
19.25
20.50
B
3.12
3.75
4.25
4.75
5.50
8.75
9.00
10.25
12.25
13.00
14.88
19.00
22.50
25.00
C
2.00
2.53
2.56
3.06
3.75
4.00
4.62
4.88
5.75
6.50
7.50
8.12
8.12
8.38
D
2.00
2.38
3.25
3.94
4.75
5.38
6.25
7.25
8.25
9.50
10.50
12.62
15.62
16.50
E
1.50
1.81
2.06
2.25
2.62
4.25
4.38
5.00
6.00
6.38
7.25
9.25
11.00
12.25
F
1.00
1.27
1.28
1.53
1.88
2.00
2.31
2.44
2.88
3.25
3.75
4.06
4.06
4.19
G
0.12
0.12
0.12
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.38
0.50
0.50
0.50
G1
0.38
0.50
0.50
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75
0.88
1.00
1.00
1.00
H (1)
3.75
4.59
4.88
5.72
6.88
9.25
9.50
10.38
12.25
13.38
15.38
19.00
22.50
25.00
J
0.12
0.19
0.19
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
K
1.94
2.25
3.00
3.75
4.75
5.50
6.50
7.25
8.12
9.25
9.75
12.50
15.50
16.00
Approx.
Wt. (Lbs.)
Solid Bore
5
8
13
20
33
63
91
126
195
267
320
520
925
1200
RATINGS
SIZE
HP @
100 RPM
TORQUE
in. lbs.
MIN
BORE
7/8
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
5
6
7
9
11
12
4
12
32
48
80
140
200
292
430
600
950
2000
3500
4000
2520
7560
20160
30240
50400
88200
126000
183960
270900
378000
598500
1260000
2205900
2520000
0.44
0.44
0.56
0.81
1.19
1.56
1.81
1.81
2.56
4.06
4.56
5.94
7.81
9.81
MISALIGNMENT
(3)
MAX
MAX
MAX
ANGULAR PARALLEL
BORE
RPM
RPM
DEGREES
IN
STD KEY UNBALANCED BALANCED PER MESH INCHES (2)
1.25
6000
18000
0.50
0.005
1.62
5000
15000
0.50
0.007
2.12
4200
12600
0.50
0.007
2.62
3750
11250
0.50
0.010
3.12
3000
9000
0.50
0.012
3.62
2800
8400
0.50
0.012
4.12
2400
7200
0.25
0.007
4.75
2200
6600
0.25
0.007
5.75
2100
0.25
0.009
6.62
2000
0.25
0.010
7.50
1000
0.25
0.011
9.50
800
Consult
0.25
0.013
11.50
600
Factory
0.25
0.014
12.50
550
0.25
0.014
(1) “H” dimension required for installation
(2) Flex Rigid configuration handles only angular misalignment.
(3) Balance requires the manufacture of 2 special flexible hubs.
*When ordering please specify bore diameter with tolerances for both hubs, keyway sizes, set screws if applicable,
speed, horsepower, and application details.
Below is an ordering example of a Full Flex 4 C Coupling
Item (Qty)
Part Number Description
Flex Hub (2)
G4CRB
4 C Rough Bore Flex Hub
Sleeve (1)
G4CS
4 C Sleeve
Seals & Lockrings for C4 Coupling
Accessory Kit (1) G4CAK
Below is an ordering example of a Flex Rigid 4 C Coupling
Item (Qty)
Flex Hub (1)
G4CRB
4 C Rough Bore Flex Hub
G4CRRB
4 C Rough Bore Rigid Hub
Rigid Hub (1)
Sleeve (1)
G4CS
4 C Sleeve
Seals & Lockrings for C4 Coupling
Accessory Kit (1) G4CAK
F6–5
F SERIES FLANGED SLEEVE GEAR
COUPLINGS
Ordering
Couplings are sold by component.
Two Sleeves
High quality carbon steel
Two Hubs
High quality carbon steel
Exposed and Shrouded Bolt Design
One Accessory Kit
Gasket and Hardware
• Exposed bolt design is
standard on all sizes.
• Puller holes are optional.
• Shrouded bolt design is
available on size 1
through 5 when specified.
• Shrouded bolt style;
hardware is recessed in
counter bored holes.
F STANDARD TYPE DIMENSIONS (3)
Size
A
B
C
D
E
G
H (1)
1
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
4 1/2
5
5 1/2
6
7
8
9
4.56
6.00
7.00
8.38
9.44
11.00
12.50
13.62
15.31
16.75
18.00
20.75
23.25
26.00
3.50
4.00
5.00
6.25
7.38
8.62
9.75
10.94
12.38
14.12
15.12
17.75
22.38
23.50
3.00
3.88
4.81
5.81
6.81
7.84
9.19
10.31
11.44
12.69
13.94
15.75
18.50
20.38
2.31
3.00
4.00
4.62
5.62
6.50
7.50
8.50
9.50
10.50
11.50
13.00
15.50
17.00
1.69
1.94
2.44
3.03
3.59
4.19
4.75
5.31
6.03
6.91
7.41
8.69
11.00
11.50
0.12
0.12
0.12
0.19
0.19
0.25
0.25
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.38
0.38
0.50
4.19
4.75
6.00
7.12
8.12
9.38
10.25
11.50
13.00
14.38
17.00
20.00
25.00
26.50
Max. Parallel
Approx. Wt.
Misalign(Lbs.) Solid
ment (4)
Bore
0.055
0.060
0.085
0.105
0.115
0.130
0.150
0.175
0.200
0.220
0.120
0.135
0.160
0.165
RATINGS (4)
(1) “H” Dimension – Clearance to
align coupling
SIZE
(2) AGMA class 8 balance requires
the manufacturer of two special flexible
hubs
Note 3. When ordering please specify
bore diameter with tolerances for both
hubs, keyway sizes, set screws if
applicable, speed, horsepower, and
application details.
Note 4. Horsepower. Torque capacity
and parallel misalignment capacity for
sizes 1 through 5-1/2 are based on 11/2 degrees angular misalignment per
gear mesh and maximum bore. Sizes
6 through 9 are based on 3/4 degree
angular misalignment. Consult
engineering for greater HP capacity.
Many configurations of “F” Series
couplings are available to fit your
unique application. Consult Wood’s
mechanical application engineers for
design.
HP @ 100
RPM
TORQUE
in. lbs.
FLEXIBLE HUBS
MIN BORE MAX BORE MAX BORE
STD KEY
SHALLOW
KEY
MAX RPM
UNBALANCED
MAX RPM
BALANCED
AGMA CL. 8
(2)
1
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
4 1/2
5
5 1/2
6
7
8
9
12
30
50
90
150
240
350
480
690
910
1190
1600
2085
2714
7563
18900
31500
56700
94500
151300
220600
302500
434900
573500
750000
1008400
1323500
1827700
0.44
0.44
0.56
0.81
1.19
1.56
1.81
1.81
2.31
3.06
4.06
4.56
5.06
5.94
1.62
2.13
2.75
3.25
4.00
4.62
5.50
6.00
6.88
7.75
8.63
9.50
11.00
12.00
1.75
2.25
3.00
3.38
4.25
5.00
5.62
6.44
7.00
7.88
8.75
9.75
---
6000
5500
5000
4400
4000
3500
3000
2700
2500
2200
2100
2000
1900
1800
9500
8500
7800
6800
6200
5500
4600
4100
3900
CONSULT
ENGINEERING
Below is an ordering example of a 4F coupling.
F6–6
Item (Qty)
Part Number
Description
Flex Hubs (2)
G4FRB
4F Rough Bore Flex Hubs
Sleeves (2)
G4FSEB or
G4FSSB
4F Sleeve with Exposed Bolts
4F Sleeve with Shrouded Bolts
Accessory Kit (1)
G4AEB or
G4ASB
Hardware and Gasket for 4F with Exposed Bolts
Hardware and Gasket for 4F with Shrouded Bolts
9
19
34
55
86
135
195
268
394
526
687
1017
1560
2015
F SERIES FLANGED SLEEVE GEAR COUPLINGS
– Single Engagement Type/Floating Shaft
OUTBOARD RIGID HUBS
available on size 1
through 5 when specified.
• Shrouded bolt style;
hardware is recessed in
counter bored holes.
INBOARD RIGID HUBS
FFS (4)
Maximum RPM of Floating Shaft set,
determined by critical speed of Floating
Shaft.
F Series Flex Rigid
FFR
STANDARD DIMENSIONS
Size
1
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
4 1/2
5
5 1/2
6
7
A
4.56
6.00
7.00
8.38
9.44
11.00
12.50
13.62
15.31
16.75
18.00
20.75
B
3.37
3.91
4.85
6.12
7.18
8.40
9.43
10.61
12.02
13.33
14.96
17.75
C
3.00
3.88
4.81
5.81
6.81
7.84
9.19
10.31
11.44
12.69
13.94
15.75
D
2.31
3.00
4.00
4.62
5.62
6.50
7.50
8.50
9.50
10.50
11.50
13
E
1.69
1.94
2.44
3.03
3.59
4.19
4.75
5.31
6.03
6.91
7.41
8.69
E1
1.56
1.84
2.28
2.9
3.4
3.96
4.43
4.99
5.68
6.11
7.24
8.68
G
0.12
0.13
0.13
0.19
0.19
0.25
0.25
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.38
H
4.19
4.75
6.00
7.12
8.12
9.38
10.25
11.50
13.00
14.38
17.00
20.00
Note 1. Horsepower,
Torque Capacity and
Parallel misalignment
capacity for sizes 1
through 5-1/2 are based
on 1-1/2 degrees
angular misalignment
per gear mesh and
maximum bore. Sizes 6
and 7 are based on 3/4
degrees angular
misalignment.
Approx. Wt.
(Lbs.) Solid
Bore
9
17
34
55
86
135
195
268
394
526
687
1017
Note 2. A single flexrigid coupling does not
accept parallel
misalignment.
RATINGS
FLEXIBLE HUBS
SIZE
1
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
4 1/2
5
5 1/2
6
7
HP
@
100
TORQUE MIN
RPM
in. lbs.
BORE
12
30
50
90
150
240
350
480
690
910
1190
1600
7563
18900
31500
56700
94500
151300
220600
302500
434900
573500
750000
1008400
0.44
0.44
0.56
0.81
1.19
1.56
1.81
1.81
2.31
3.06
4.06
4.56
MAX BORE
MAX BORE SHALLOW MIN
STD KEY
KEY
BORE
1.62
2.13
2.75
3.25
4.00
4.62
5.50
6.00
6.88
7.75
8.63
9.50
1.75
2.25
3.00
3.38
4.25
4.88
5.62
6.44
7.00
7.88
8.75
9.75
0.44
0.44
0.56
0.81
1.19
1.56
1.81
1.81
2.56
3.06
4.06
4.56
RIGID HUBS
MAX
BORE MAX BORE
STD
SHALLOW MAX RPM
UNBALANCED
KEY
KEY
2.19
2.81
3.50
4.25
4.88
5.63
6.50
7.38
8.38
9.25
10.13
11.25
2.31
3.06
3.75
4.50
5.25
6.13
6.88
8.00
8.88
9.88
11.00
12.25
DETERMINED
MAX RPM
BALANCED
AGMA
CLASS 8
BY BSE
Note 3. When ordering
a complete floating
shaft coupling specify
the distance between
shaft ends, bore
diameter with
tolerances for both
outboard hubs, keyway
sizes, set screws if
applicable, speed,
horsepower, and all
Note 4. Due to larger
bore capacity outboard
rigid hubs will be furnished unless otherwise
specified.
Below is an ordering example of an 4 FR Coupling
Item (Qty)
Flex Hub (1)
G4FRB
4 F Rough Bore Flex Hub
Sleeve (1)
G4FSEB or
4 F Sleeve with Exposed Bolts
G4FSSB
4 F Sleeve with Shrouded Bolts
G4FREBRB or 4 F Rough Bore Rigid Hub with Exposed Bolts
Rigid Hub
G4FRSBRB
4 F Rough Bore Rigid Hub with Shrouded Bolts
Accessory Kit (1) G4AEB or
G4ASB
F6–7
“F” SERIES FLANGE DETAILS
EXPOSED BOLTS
SIZE
SIZE
SHROUDED BOLTS
DIA.GRIP
THD. LENGTH (MAX)
DIA.GRIP
THD. LENGTH (MAX)
SIZE
F-1
1/4-28
1-1/2
1”
F-1
1/4-28
3/4
5/16
F-1-1/2
3/8-24
2
1-3/8
F-1-1/2; 2
3/8-24
1”
7/16
F-2
1/2-20
2-1/4
1-3/16
F-2-1/2; 3
1/2-20
1-3/16 17/32
F-2-1/2; 3
5/8-18
2-3/4
1-5/8
F-3-1/2; 4; 4-1/2
5/8-18
1-1/2
21/32
F-3-1/2; 4; 4-1/2
3/4-16
3-1/4
2-1/16
F-5
3/4-16
2
1”
F-5; 5-1/2
7/8-14
4-1/4
2-3/4
F-6
7/8-14
3-1/4
1-3/4
F-7
1”-14
3-1/2
2
L
No.
EXPOSED BOLTS
B.C. DIA
S
No.
2.875
3.687
4.625
1-21/32
1-7/8
2-3/8
(6)
(8)
(6)
3.750
4.812
5.875
.250
.375
.500
(6)
(8)
(10)
3.750
4.812
5.812
.250
.375
.375
41/64
13/16
13/16
3/16
1/4
1/4
15/16
15/16
1-1/8
5.437
6.437
7.375
2-7/8
3-5/16
3-13/16
(6)
(8)
(8)
7.125
8.125
9.500
.625
.625
.750
(10)
(12)
(12)
7.000
8.000
9.281
.500
.500
.625
1-1/16
1-1/16
1-5/16
5/16
5/16
3/8
3/16
3/16
3/16
1-1/8
1-1/8
1-1/2
8.750
9.750
10.750
4-1/4
4-13/16
5-1/2
(8)
(10)
(8)
11.000
12.000
13.500
.750
.750
.875
(14)
(14)
(14)
10.625
11.750
13.188
.625
.625
.750
1-5/16
1-5/16
1-9/16
3/8
3/8
9/16
3/16
3/16
1/4
1-1/2
1
1-1/8
12.125
13.375
14.625
6
6-11/16
7-3/8
(14)
(14)
(16)
14.500
15.750
18.250
.875
.875
1.00
(16)
14.437
.750
1-9/16
9/16
A
P
F
G1F
G15F
G2F
4-9/16
6
7
3/32
3/32
3/32
9/16
3/4
3/4
G25F
G3F
G35F
8-3/8
9-7/16
11
3/32
3/32
3/32
G4F
G45F
G5F
12-1/2
13-5/8
15-5/16
G55F
G6F
G7F
16-3/4
18
20-3/4
J
SHROUDED BOLTS
B.C. DIA
S
CD
T
EXPOSED BOLTS ONLY
Dimensions in inches
TB Wood’s bolt circle meets AGMA 516.01 flexible gear type couplings flange dimensions.
Standard Coupling Minimum-Maximum Hub Gap
TB Wood’s standard “F” Series Gear Coupling can satisfy shaft gap up to three inches by merely reversing the hubs.
Reverse one or both hubs to provide the needed gap.
F6–8
SIZE
B
B1
G1F
G15F
G2F
3-1/2
4
5
3-13/16
4-1/4
5-11/16
G25F
G3F
G35F
6-1/4
7-3/8
8-5/8
G4F
G45F
G5F
G55F
G6F
G7F
B2
E
G
G1
G2
M
P
Q
Q1
4-1/8
4-1/2
6-3/8
1-11/16
1-15/16
2-7/16
1/8
1/8
1/8
7/16
3/8
13/16
3/4
5/8
1-1/2
2-1/8
2-5/16
3-1/4
1/16
1/16
1/16
3/32
1/8
1/8
13/32
3/8
13/16
7-1/32
8-1/32
9-3/16
7-13/16
8-11/16
9-3/4
3-1/32
3-19/32
4-3/16
3/16
3/16
1/4
31/32
27/32
13/16
1-3/4
1-1/2
1-3/8
4
4-7/16
5
3/32
3/32
3/32
1/4
3/8
1/2
1-1/32
1-1/32
1-1/16
9-3/4
10-15/16
12-3/8
10-7/16
12
13-23/32
11-1/8
13-1/16
15-1/16
4-3/4
5-5/16
6-1/32
1/4
5/16
5/16
15/16
1-3/8
1-21/32
1-5/8
2-7/16
3
5-11/16
6-11/16
7-11/16
1/8
1/8
3/16
5/8
21/32
11/16
1-5/16
1-23/32
2-1/32
14-1/8
15-1/8
17-3/4
15-11/32
16-17/32
19-1/16
16-9/16
17-15/16
20-3/8
6-29/32
7-13/32
8-11/16
5/16
5/16
3/8
1-17/32
1-23/32
1-11/16
2-3/4
3-1/8
3
8-7/16
9-1/8
10-3/8
3/16
5/32
3/16
1-1/16
7/8
1-1/2
2-9/32
2-9/32
2-13/16
COUPLINGS – Short Slide Couplings
FSL-1
FSL-2
ONE HUB FACED OFF, ONE HUB REVERSED
TWO HUBS REVERSED
FSL-3
FSL-4
ONE HUB REVERSED, ONE MODIFIED MM HUB
TWO MODIFIED MM HUBS
F SERIES SHORT SLIDE DIMENSIONS
(1) Minimum distance between shaft ends.
(2) Maximum distance between shaft ends.
Note: When ordering please specify amount of slide required, bore diameter with tolerance for both hubs, keyway sizes. Setscrews if applicable, speed, horsepower and
F6–9
F SERIES FLANGED SLEEVE GEAR COUPLINGS
– Mill Motor Type
available on size 1 through 5
when specified.
• Shrouded bolt style; hardware
is recessed in counter bored
holes.
AISE
Size Frame
FMM Number
602 / 802
1-1/2 603 / 803
604 / 804
603 / 803
2 604 / 804
606 / 806
603 / 803
2-1/2 604 / 804
606 / 806
608 / 808
606 / 806
3 608 / 808
610 / 810
612 / 812
608 / 808
3-1/2 610 / 810
612 / 812
614 / 814
610 / 810
612 / 812
4 614 / 814
616 / 816
618 / 818
614 / 814
4-1/2 616 / 816
618 / 818
614 / 814
5 616 / 816
618 / 818
620
616 / 816
5-1/2 618 / 818
620
622
616 / 816
6 618 / 818
620
622
A
B
6.00
6.563
7.00
8.063
8.38
9.719
9.44
10.781
11.00 11.938
12.50 13.250
13.62 14.625
15.31 15.844
16.75 17.719
18.00 18.969
B1
6.0000
6.5625
6.5625
7.1667
7.1667
7.6875
7.7188
7.7188
8.3438
8.9688
8.9063
9.5313
9.6563
10.2813
10.1875
10.3125
10.9375
11.0625
10.8750
11.5000
11.6250
12.2500
12.3125
12.2500
12.8750
12.9375
12.9700
13.5900
13.6563
14.8438
14.4688
14.5313
15.7188
16.8438
14.9688
15.0313
16.2188
17.3438
C
D
E
E1
3.88
3.00 1.94 4.50
4.81
4.00 2.44 5.50
5.81
4.62 3.03 6.50
6.81
5.62 3.59 7.00
7.84
6.50 4.19 7.50
9.19
7.50 4.75 8.25
10.31 8.50 5.31 9.00
11.44 9.50 6.03 9.50
12.69 10.50 6.91 10.50
13.94 11.50 7.41 11.25
E2
F
3.00
3.50
3.50
3.50
3.50
4.00
3.50
3.50
4.00
4.50
4.00
4.50
4.50
5.00
4.50
4.50
5.00
5.00
4.50
5.00
5.00
5.50
6.00
5.00
5.50
6.00
5.00
5.50
6.00
6.75
5.50
6.00
6.75
7.25
5.50
6.00
6.75
7.25
1.7485/1.7495
1.998/1.999
1.998/1.999
1.998/1.999
1.998/1.999
2.498/2.499
1.998/1.999
1.998/1.999
2.498/2.499
2.998/2.999
2.498/2.499
2.998/2.999
3.248/3.249
3.623/3.624
2.998/2.999
3.248/3.249
3.623/3.624
4.2470/4.2485
3.248/3.249
3.623/3.624
4.2470/4.2485
4.6220/4.6235
4.9970/4.9985
4.2470/4.2485
4.6220/4.6235
4.9970/4.9985
4.2470/4.2485
4.6220/4.6235
4.9970/4.9985
5.8720/5.8735
4.6220/4.6235
4.9970/4.9985
5.8720/5.8735
6.2470/6.2485
4.6220/4.6235
4.9970/4.9985
5.8720/5.8735
6.2470/6.2485
G
0.13
0.13
0.19
0.19
0.25
0.25
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
G1
J
1.062
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.125
1.25
1.188
1.188
1.313
1.438
1.313
1.438
1.563
1.688
1.500
1.625
1.750
1.875
1.625
1.750
1.875
2.000
1.563
1.938
2.063
1.625
1.938
2.063
1.625
2.063
2.063
1.625
2.063
2.688
2.063
1.625
2.063
2.688
0.125
0.125
0.125
0.250
0.250
0.125
0.530
0.530
0.410
0.285
0.560
0.440
0.310
0.190
0.630
0.500
0.380
0.250
0.780
0.660
0.530
0.410
0.840
0.910
0.780
1.220
1.310
1.190
1.630
1.190
1.440
1.880
1.440
0.810
1.470
1.910
1.470
0.840
KEYWAY KEYWAY
WIDTH
HEIGHT
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.750
0.500
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.750
0.750
1.000
0.750
0.750
1.000
1.250
1.250
1.000
1.250
1.250
1.000
1.250
1.250
1.500
1.250
1.250
1.500
1.500
1.250
1.250
1.500
1.500
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.250
0.375
0.375
0.250
0.375
0.375
0.375
0.500
0.375
0.375
0.500
0.375
0.375
0.500
0.750
0.375
0.500
0.750
0.750
0.375
0.500
0.750
0.750
*ALL KEYWAYS SHOWN ARE PARALLEL TO THE TAPER. TAPER IS 1-1/4” INCH PER FOOT ON DIAMETER.
SPECIFYING TAPERED BORES
Please provide the following information for taper bore hubs:
1) Drawing of HUB showing bore and keyway details.
OR
2) Drawing of shaft showing:
(LD) Large diameter, specify with tolerance.
(S) Length of taper, measure parallel to shaft centerline.
(T) Taper angle. Specify as degrees, taper per foot or a percentage.
(P) Desired pull-up of hub on shaft.
(D) Counterbore diameter as required.
(Y) Counterbore depth as required.
Keyway or shaft keyseat dimensions. Specify width, depth and keyway taper angle.
F6–10
MAX
BORE
STD HP/100
MAXIMUM RPM
HALF RPM
TORQUE UNBALANCED
MAX PARALLEL
MISALIGNMENT
2.13
30
18900
5500
0.060
2.75
50
31500
5000
0.085
3.25
90
56700
4400
0.105
4.00
150
94500
4000
0.115
4.62
240
151300
3500
0.130
5.50
350
220600
3000
0.150
6.00
480
302500
2700
0.175
6.88
690
434900
2500
0.200
7.75
910
573500
2200
0.220
8.65
1190
750000
2100
0.120
COUPLINGS – Limited End Float Type
• Exposed bolt design is standard on
all sizes.
• Shrouded bolt design is available on
size 1 through 5 when specified.
• Shrouded bolt style; hardware is
recessed in counter bored holes.
STANDARD DIMENSIONS (3)
Size
A
B
C
D
E
G
G1
G2
H(1)
LEF (5)
1
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
4 1/2
5
5 1/2
6
7
4.56
6.00
7.00
8.38
9.44
11.00
12.50
13.62
15.31
16.75
18.00
20.75
3.56
4.06
5.06
6.34
7.47
8.69
9.91
11.13
12.59
14.34
15.31
18.00
3.00
3.88
4.81
5.81
6.81
7.84
9.19
10.31
11.44
12.69
13.94
15.75
2.31
3.00
4.00
4.62
5.62
6.50
7.50
8.50
9.50
10.50
11.50
13.00
1.69
1.94
2.44
3.03
3.59
4.19
4.75
5.31
6.03
6.91
7.41
8.69
0.19
0.19
0.19
0.28
0.28
0.31
0.41
0.50
0.53
0.53
0.50
0.63
0.13
0.13
0.13
0.19
0.19
0.19
0.31
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.50
.031
.031
.031
.047
.047
.063
.047
.063
.078
.078
.063
.063
4.19
4.75
6.00
7.12
8.12
9.38
10.25
11.50
13.00
14.38
17.00
20.00
0.13
0.13
0.13
0.19
0.19
0.25
0.19
0.25
0.31
0.31
0.25
0.25
Approx.
Parallel
Wt. (Lbs.)
Misalignment
Solid
Capacity (4)
Bore
0.06
0.06
0.09
0.11
0.12
0.13
0.15
0.18
0.20
0.22
0.12
0.14
9
19
34
54
80
130
190
250
380
520
650
950
RATINGS (4)
FLEXIBLE HUBS
SIZE
HP @
RPM
TORQUE
in. lbs.
MIN
BORE
MAX BORE
STD KEY
1
1 1/2
2
2 1/2
3
3 1/2
4
4 1/2
5
5 1/2
6
7
12
30
50
90
150
240
350
480
690
910
1190
1600
7563
18900
31500
56700
94500
151300
220600
302500
434900
57350
75000
1008400
0.44
0.44
0.56
0.81
1.19
1.56
1.81
1.81
2.31
3.06
4.06
4.56
1.62
2.13
2.75
3.25
4.00
4.62
5.50
6.00
6.88
7.75
8.63
9.50
MAX RPM
MAX RPM
BALANCED
MAX BORE
AGMA
SHALLOW UNBALANCED
CLASS 8 (2)
KEY
1.75
2.25
3.00
3.38
4.25
4.88
5.62
6.44
7.00
7.88
8.75
9.75
6000
5500
5000
4400
4000
3500
3000
2700
2500
2200
2100
2000
9500
8500
7800
6800
6200
5500
4600
4100
3900
CONSULT
FACTORY
Notes:
(1) “H” Dimension – Clearance to align coupling.
(2) AGMA CLASS 8 balance requires the manufacture
of two special flexible hubs.
(3) When ordering please specify bore diameter with
tolerances for both hubs, keyway sizes, set screws if
applicable, speed, horsepower, application details,
amount of thrust on either or both shafts, and
amount of end float desired.
(4) Horsepower, Torque Capacity and Parallel
Misalignment Capacity for sizes 1 through 5-1/2 are
based on 1-1/2 degrees angular misalignment per
gear mesh and maximum bore. Sizes 6 & 7 are
based on 3/4 degree angular misalignment. Consult
Engineering for greater HP capacity.
(5) Dimension is total end float. (May be modified to suit
customer requirements.)
Below is an ordering example of a 4FLEF Coupling.
Item (Qty)
Flex Hubs (2)
Sleeves (2)
Accessory Kit (1)
Plate (1)
Part Number
G4FRB
G4FSEB or
G4FSSB
G4AEB or
G4ASB
G4LEF
Description
4F Rough Bore Flex Hubs
4F Sleeve with Exposed Bolts
4F Sleeve with Shrouded Bolts
4F LEF Plate
F6–11
COUPLINGS – Vertical Type
• Vertical couplings require a
vertical plate and a button.
Standard flex hubs are faced
off (shorten) per the “E”
dimension.
• Contact factory for price and
availability.
available on size 1 through 5
when specified.
• Shrouded bolt style; hardware
is recessed in counter bored
holes.
Notes:
(1) When ordering please specify bore diameter with tolerances for both hubs, keyway sizes, set screws if applicable, speed, horsepower, and application details.
(2) Horsepower, Torque capacity, and parallel misalignment capacity for sizes 1 through 5-1/2 are based on 1-1/2 degrees angular misalignment per gear mesh and
maximum bore. Sizes 6 through 9 are based on 3/4 degree angular misalignment. Consult engineering for greater HP capacity.
(3) “H” Dimension – Clearance to align coupling.
(4) AGMA class 8 balance requires the manufacture of two special flexible hubs. Many configurations of “F” Series couplings are available to fit your unique application.
Consult Wood’s mechanical application engineers for design.
F6–12
STOCK SPACERS
For Use With F, MXB, or K100 Series Couplings
“F” or “MXB” Spacer Type Coupling
“K 100” Series Spacer Type Coupling
Coupling
Size
DBSE
Spacer Part SPOOL
Number
LENGTH
1 1/2
1 1/2
2
2
2
2 1/2
2 1/2
3
3
3 1/2
3 1/2
4 3/8
5
4 3/8
5
7
5
7
5
7
5
7
G15EBX438
G15EBX5
G2EBX438
G2EBX5
G2EBX7
G25EBX5
G25EBX7
G3EBX5
G3EBX7
G35EBX5
G35EBX7
4.25
4.88
4.25
4.88
6.88
4.81
6.81
4.81
6.81
4.75
6.75
F Series MXB Series K Series
"B"
"B"
"B"
Dimension Dimension Dimension
8.154
8.784
9.154
9.784
11.784
11.25
13.25
12.37
14.37
13.63
15.63
8.394
9.024
9.37
10
12
11.25
13.25
12.37
14.37
13.63
15.63
8.37
9
9.37
10
12
11.25
13.25
12.37
14.37
13.63
15.63
MAX
RPM
Approx.
Spacer
weight
5500
5500
5000
5000
5000
4400
4400
4000
4000
3500
3500
9.8
10.7
13.4
14.1
16.6
24
27
29
33
45
51
Other Sizes, DBSE’s, and shrouded bolt patterns are Available as Specials.
C Series Spacer couplings are also available, consult factory.
Below is an ordering example of a 2 FSP Coupling
Item (Qty)
Flex Hub (2)
G2FRB
2 F Rough Bore Flex Hub
Sleeve (2)
G2FSEB
2 F Sleeve with Exposed Bolts
G2EBX5
2 X 5" DBSE Spacer with Exposed Bolts
Spacer (1)
Hardware and Gasket for 2 F with Exposed Bolts
Accessory Kit (2) G2AEB
F6–13
DECK-FLEX & DECK-FLEX MITE
Torque & HP Ratings
Deck-Flex
Deck-Flex Mite
Deck-Flex Mite
Steel
Stainless Steel
RPM
Torque
(in lbs)
HP
Torque
(in lbs)
HP
Torque
(in lbs)
HP
1420
1110
900
630
530
2.2
20.3
25.0
35.3
42.0
360
282
270
254
243
0.6
5.1
7.5
13.8
19.4
240
188
180
169
162
0.4
3.4
5.0
9.2
12.8
100
1150
1750
3500
5000
2 spirolox type
retaining rings
nylon sleeve
2 hubs
Dimensions
Ordering Example
A
B
C
D
E
F
Deck-Flex
3.75
3.38
1.88
2.38
1.62
0.12
Deck-Flex Mite
2.88
2.38
1.31
1.75
1.12
0.12
Deck-Flex Mite
Item (Qty)
Part Number
Description
Sleeve (1)
GDFMS
Deck-Flex Mite Sleeve
Hubs (2)
GDFM34
Deck-Flex Mite Hub for 3/4” Bore
GDFMAK
Retaining Rings for Assembly
Assembly Kit (1)
Deck-Flex
Item (Qty)
Part Number
Description
Sleeve (1)
GDFS
Deck-Flex Sleeve
Hubs (2)
GDF34
Deck-Flex Hub for 3/4” Bore
GDFAK
Retaining Rings for Assembly
Assembly Kit (1)
•
•
•
•
•
•
No Lubrication
Operation up to 5000 rpm
Light Weight
Can be altered for blind assembly
Nylon couplings operate up to 150°F
Misalignment – 5° for Deck Flex
3° for Deck Flex Mite
Note: Some acids and alkalis can be
harmful to the nylon sleeve.
F6–14
Stock Bores
(Couplings are sold by component)
Bore
Deck-Flex Mite
5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-5/16
1-3/8
1-7/16
1-1/2
1-5/8
Rough Bore
...
1/8 x 1/16
3/16 x 3/32
3/16 x 3/32
3/16 x 3/32
1/4 x 1/8
1/4 x 1/8
Deck-Flex
Rough Bore
1/8 x 1/16
3/16 x 3/32
3/16 x 3/32
3/16 x 3/32
1/4 x 1/8
1/4 x 1/8
1/4 x 1/8
5/16 x 5/32
5/16 x 5/32
3/8 x 3/16
3/8 x 3/16
3/8 x 3/16
AGMA Class 1 Bore Tolerance
+.000/+.001
Blind assembly couplings can be produced by
ordering a 3 groove sleeve (GDFS3 or
GDFMS3) and installing a center retaining ring.
With the addition of this center retaining ring,
the outer rings are not needed and the
installation involves no more than sliding the
hubs into the sleeves.
RIGID COUPLINGS
Ribbed Type Compression Couplings are recommended for emergency and
regular service on heavily loaded shafts.
These couplings are bored true to shaft size, and the halves are separated during
boring operation to allow for clamping when halves are drawn together. Bolt heads
and nuts are protected by flanges. End flanges are faced square with bore, and
outer diameters are turned.
To facilitate the use of V-belt drives, sufficient space may be left between shaft
ends when mounting the coupling to permit easy replacement of belts.
SECTION
F7
RIBBED
COMPRESSION
NO. 257
BOLTS
Product
No.
Shaft
Size
Max.
RPM
Approx.
Diam.
Length
No.
Size
2571316
257114
2571716
257112
25711116
257134
25711516
2572
2572316
257214
2572716
257212
25721116
25721516
2573
2573316
2573716
257312
25731516
2574716
25741516
1-3/16
1-1/4
1-7/16
1-1/2
1-11/16
1-3/4
1-15/16
2
2-3/16
2-1/4
2-7/16
2-1/2
2-11/16
2-15/16
3
3-3/16
3-7/16
3-1/2
3-15/16
4-7/16
4-15/16
4630
4630
4070
4070
3820
3820
3250
3250
3050
3050
2680
2680
2610
2210
2210
2100
1920
1920
1830
1600
1390
4-1/8
4-1/8
4-11/16
4-11/16
5
5
5-7/8
5-7/8
6-1/4
6-1/4
7-1/8
7-1/8
7-5/16
8-5/8
8-5/8
9-1/16
9-15/16
9-15/16
10-7/16
11-7/8
13-11/16
5-3/8
5-3/8
6-1/8
6-1/8
6-3/4
6-3/4
8
8
8-3/4
8-3/4
9-5/8
9-5/8
10-5/8
11-5/8
11-5/8
12-3/4
13-5/8
13-5/8
14-5/8
16-1/2
18-1/8
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
5/8
5/8
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
7/8
7/8
7/8
1
1-1/8
Wrench(1) Weight
Torque ft.-lb. Lbs.
19
19
45
45
45
45
93
93
93
93
150
150
150
150
150
150
202
202
202
300
474
11
11
18
18
20
20
34
33
38
38
57
54
62
95
95
126
157
157
171
273
395
NOTE: Capacity of Coupling exceeds capacity of shaft based on 6000 PSI Shaft Stress.
(1) Do not lubricate CAP Screws. Other shaft sizes available on a MTO Basis.
Coupling may require balancing to reduce vibration when operating within these speeds.
F7–1
RIGID COUPLINGS
This coupling is designed to provide a simple method of rigidly connecting two pieces of shafting. The
standard Sure-Grip tapered bushing is used, one on each shaft, to securely clamp the two shafts together.
The precision tapered fit lines up the two shafts. No press or shrink fits are necessary.
SURE-GRIP RIGID NO. 44
Product
No.
Max.
RPM
Maximum Bore
Light (1) Heavy (2) Bushing
Loads
Loads
†
44SD
44SF
6200
4500
1-13/16
2-3/8
1-7/16
1-7/8
SD
SF
44E
3600
2-15/16
2-1/4
E
44J
44M
3000
2450
3-13/16
4-3/4
3
3-11/16
J
M*
DIMENSIONS
A
B
E
G
L
Weight
Including
Bushings
4
5-1/2
6-7/8
8-1/4
4-5/8
5-1/4
6-3/4
11
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/2
1-13/16
2
2-5/8
4-1/2
11
22
54
122
10
16
1
1/2
6-3/4
270
† Dimensions for Sure-Grip bushings are given on page A1—3.
* Bushing M is not stocked with drilled holes for the above type mounting and will be made-to-order.
(1) Max Shaft Stress < 8500 psi.
(2) Max Shaft Stress < 4000 psi.
F7–2
Axial Thrust Capacity = Bushing Torque Capacity
Radius of Shaft
USA SALES
TB Wood’s Incorporated Headquarters
440 North Fifth Avenue
Chambersburg, Pennsylvania 17201-1778
Telephone: 888-TBWOODS or 717-264-7161
FAX: 717-264-6420
Website: www.tbwoods.com
TB Wood’s Chattanooga Operations
TB Wood’s San Marcos
521 Airport Road
Chattanooga, TN 37421
Telephone: 800-437-3311 or 423-892-7654
FAX: 423-894-0495
2000 Clovis Barker Road
San Marcos, TX 78666
Telephone: 800-796-5513 or 512-353-4000
FAX: 512-353-4017
INTERNATIONAL SALES
Canada
T.B. Wood’s Canada Ltd.
750 Douro Street
Stratford, Ontario, Canada N5A 6V6
Telephone: 519-271-5380
FAX: 519-271-3094
Germany
Berges electronic GmbH
Industriestraße 13
D-51709 Marienheide, Germany
Telephone: 49-2264-17-0
FAX: 49-2264-17-126
India
TB Wood’s (India) Private Limited
No. 27A, 2nd Cross
Electronic City, Hosur Road
Bangalore, 561 229 India
Telephone: 91-80-8520-123
FAX: 91-80-8520-124
Italy
Berges electronic s.r.l
Via Zona Industriale, 11
I-39025 Naturno, Italy
Telephone: 39-0473-67-1911
FAX: 39-0473-67-1909
Milan Sales Office
Berges electronic s.r.l
Via Monteverdi, 16
20090 Trezzano S/N (MI) Italy
Telephone: 39-02-4846420
FAX: 39-02-48499911
Mexico
Industrial Blaju S.A. de C.V.
Oriente 237 No. 171
Colonia Agricola Oriental
08500 Mexico, D.F. Mexico
Telephone: 52-55-55-58-16-20
FAX: 52-55-57-56-06-74
Other TB Wood’s Locations
Edmonton, Canada
Montreal, Canada
Mt. Pleasant, Michigan
Reno, Nevada
Scotland, Pennsylvania
Authorized Distributors Worldwide
FC 12/03-10M

TB Wood`s Sure-Flex Couplings

Transcription

Similar documents

PDF Brochure - Largest Selection of Industrial Couplings

Flexible Couplings - The Rowland Company

Sure-Flex - Kor-Pak

Sure-Flex® Plus Elastomeric Couplings (Metric)

District of Columbia - Governmentattic.org

Die BUCHSTAVIER - Das Dosierte Leben

Zehnder Pro - Kellaway Bathrooms

Synchro-Link® Timing Belts

BANDO belts